US20210009661A1 - HIV Binding Agents - Google Patents
HIV Binding Agents Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20210009661A1 US20210009661A1 US16/912,886 US202016912886A US2021009661A1 US 20210009661 A1 US20210009661 A1 US 20210009661A1 US 202016912886 A US202016912886 A US 202016912886A US 2021009661 A1 US2021009661 A1 US 2021009661A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- antibody
- hiv
- seq
- binding agent
- human
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 192
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 56
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 50
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 29
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 claims description 16
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000251730 Chondrichthyes Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 101100421450 Drosophila melanogaster Shark gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 105
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 96
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 81
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 60
- 241001112090 Pseudovirus Species 0.000 description 56
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 54
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 53
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 47
- 101800001690 Transmembrane protein gp41 Proteins 0.000 description 46
- 102100035360 Cerebellar degeneration-related antigen 1 Human genes 0.000 description 37
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 36
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 35
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 35
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 35
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 35
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 24
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 21
- 102000009490 IgG Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 108010073807 IgG Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 108010043277 recombinant soluble CD4 Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 12
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 241000713340 Human immunodeficiency virus 2 Species 0.000 description 11
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 11
- 102100036011 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 10
- 101000737793 Homo sapiens Cerebellar degeneration-related antigen 1 Proteins 0.000 description 9
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 9
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000011225 antiretroviral therapy Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 8
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 102000009109 Fc receptors Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108010087819 Fc receptors Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 241000714177 Murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 7
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 7
- 108091008875 B cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 6
- -1 Val Chemical compound 0.000 description 6
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 102100031585 ADP-ribosyl cyclase/cyclic ADP-ribose hydrolase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101000777636 Homo sapiens ADP-ribosyl cyclase/cyclic ADP-ribose hydrolase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 5
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000003656 tris buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 5
- HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N zidovudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](N=[N+]=[N-])C1 HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylethyl 11-methoxy-3,7,11-trimethyl-2,4-dodecadienoate Chemical compound COC(C)(C)CCCC(C)CC=CC(C)=CC(=O)OC(C)C NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VPFUWHKTPYPNGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-1-(5-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylchromen-6-yl)propan-1-one Chemical compound OC1=C2C=CC(C)(C)OC2=CC=C1C(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VPFUWHKTPYPNGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010069754 Acquired gene mutation Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- BXZVVICBKDXVGW-NKWVEPMBSA-N Didanosine Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)CC[C@@H]1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 BXZVVICBKDXVGW-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010048209 Human Immunodeficiency Virus Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- WHBIGIKBNXZKFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N delavirdine Chemical compound CC(C)NC1=CC=CN=C1N1CCN(C(=O)C=2NC3=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C3C=2)CC1 WHBIGIKBNXZKFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000001102 germinal center b cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000001806 memory b lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000037439 somatic mutation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102100024222 B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- XQSPYNMVSIKCOC-NTSWFWBYSA-N Emtricitabine Chemical compound C1=C(F)C(N)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1 XQSPYNMVSIKCOC-NTSWFWBYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101000980825 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XNKLLVCARDGLGL-JGVFFNPUSA-N Stavudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@H]1C=C[C@@H](CO)O1 XNKLLVCARDGLGL-JGVFFNPUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MCGSCOLBFJQGHM-SCZZXKLOSA-N abacavir Chemical compound C=12N=CN([C@H]3C=C[C@@H](CO)C3)C2=NC(N)=NC=1NC1CC1 MCGSCOLBFJQGHM-SCZZXKLOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229960002656 didanosine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 108010078428 env Gene Products Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001280 germinal center Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-NKWVEPMBSA-N lamivudine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1 JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 3
- QWAXKHKRTORLEM-UGJKXSETSA-N saquinavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](O)CN1C[C@H]2CCCC[C@H]2C[C@H]1C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C=1N=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 QWAXKHKRTORLEM-UGJKXSETSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940044655 toll-like receptor 9 agonist Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NJYVEMPWNAYQQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-carboxyfluorescein Chemical compound C12=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C21OC(=O)C1=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C21 NJYVEMPWNAYQQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YMZMTOFQCVHHFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-carboxytetramethylrhodamine Chemical compound C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1C([O-])=O YMZMTOFQCVHHFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IDLISIVVYLGCKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxy-4',5'-dichloro-2',7'-dimethoxyfluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C2C21C1=CC(OC)=C(O)C(Cl)=C1OC1=C2C=C(OC)C(O)=C1Cl IDLISIVVYLGCKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxyfluorescein Chemical compound C12=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C11OC(=O)C2=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C21 BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010066676 Abrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atazanavir Natural products C=1C=C(C=2N=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1CN(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)CC(O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010019625 Atazanavir Sulfate Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108700032819 Croton tiglium crotin II Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010032976 Enfuvirtide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101710082714 Exotoxin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100026122 High affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc receptor I Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101000913074 Homo sapiens High affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc receptor I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000839679 Homo sapiens Immunoglobulin heavy variable 4-39 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001138089 Homo sapiens Immunoglobulin kappa variable 1-39 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100028312 Immunoglobulin heavy variable 4-39 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100020910 Immunoglobulin kappa variable 1-39 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100034353 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- KJHKTHWMRKYKJE-SUGCFTRWSA-N Kaletra Chemical compound N1([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)COC=2C(=CC=CC=2C)C)CC=2C=CC=CC=2)CCCNC1=O KJHKTHWMRKYKJE-SUGCFTRWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000004988 N-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000037581 Persistent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KPKZJLCSROULON-QKGLWVMZSA-N Phalloidin Chemical compound N1C(=O)[C@@H]([C@@H](O)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C[C@@](C)(O)CO)NC(=O)[C@H](C2)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H]3C[C@H](O)CN3C(=O)[C@@H]1CSC1=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1 KPKZJLCSROULON-QKGLWVMZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 101710120037 Toxin CcdB Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010058874 Viraemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000010530 Virus Neutralization Effects 0.000 description 2
- WREGKURFCTUGRC-POYBYMJQSA-N Zalcitabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)CC1 WREGKURFCTUGRC-POYBYMJQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004748 abacavir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004721 adaptive immunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960001830 amprenavir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YMARZQAQMVYCKC-OEMFJLHTSA-N amprenavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](O)CN(CC(C)C)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC(N)=CC=1)NC(=O)O[C@@H]1COCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 YMARZQAQMVYCKC-OEMFJLHTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000611 antibody drug conjugate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940049595 antibody-drug conjugate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000030741 antigen processing and presentation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003277 atazanavir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-GASGPIRDSA-N atazanavir Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](O)CN(CC=1C=CC(=CC=1)C=1N=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-GASGPIRDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 2
- 230000020411 cell activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001246 colloidal dispersion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010013023 diphtheria Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 2
- XPOQHMRABVBWPR-ZDUSSCGKSA-N efavirenz Chemical compound C([C@]1(C2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC(=O)O1)C(F)(F)F)#CC1CC1 XPOQHMRABVBWPR-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- PEASPLKKXBYDKL-FXEVSJAOSA-N enfuvirtide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CN=CN1 PEASPLKKXBYDKL-FXEVSJAOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010028531 enomycin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940072253 epivir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003480 igg memory b cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003365 immunocytochemistry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940027941 immunoglobulin g Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- CBVCZFGXHXORBI-PXQQMZJSSA-N indinavir Chemical compound C([C@H](N(CC1)C[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H]2C3=CC=CC=C3C[C@H]2O)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)N1CC1=CC=CN=C1 CBVCZFGXHXORBI-PXQQMZJSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108010026228 mRNA guanylyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004897 n-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002439 negative-stain electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010076042 phenomycin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940064914 retrovir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-XGKFQTDJSA-N ritonavir Chemical compound N([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC=1SC=NC=1)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N(C)CC1=CSC(C(C)C)=N1 NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-XGKFQTDJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960001852 saquinavir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N serotonin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CCN)=CNC2=C1 QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005582 sexual transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 2
- VCMJCVGFSROFHV-WZGZYPNHSA-N tenofovir disoproxil fumarate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O.N1=CN=C2N(C[C@@H](C)OCP(=O)(OCOC(=O)OC(C)C)OCOC(=O)OC(C)C)C=NC2=C1N VCMJCVGFSROFHV-WZGZYPNHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine Chemical compound C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QOFZZTBWWJNFCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red-X Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)NCCCCCC(=O)O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 QOFZZTBWWJNFCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960000523 zalcitabine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960002555 zidovudine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IOOMXAQUNPWDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[6-(diethylamino)-3-(diethyliminiumyl)-3h-xanthen-9-yl]-5-sulfobenzene-1-sulfonate Chemical compound C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1S([O-])(=O)=O IOOMXAQUNPWDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWSRLHPWDZOHCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4-diaminobutanoic acid Chemical compound NC(N)CCC(O)=O OWSRLHPWDZOHCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LHCOVOKZWQYODM-CPEOKENHSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r,5s)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxathiolan-5-yl]pyrimidin-2-one;1-[(2r,4s,5s)-4-azido-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1.O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](N=[N+]=[N-])C1 LHCOVOKZWQYODM-CPEOKENHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VERWQPYQDXWOGT-LVJNJWHOSA-N 4-amino-5-fluoro-1-[(2r,5s)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxathiolan-5-yl]pyrimidin-2-one;[[(2r)-1-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)propan-2-yl]oxymethyl-(propan-2-yloxycarbonyloxymethoxy)phosphoryl]oxymethyl propan-2-yl carbonate;(e)-but-2-enedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O.C1=C(F)C(N)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1.N1=CN=C2N(C[C@@H](C)OCP(=O)(OCOC(=O)OC(C)C)OCOC(=O)OC(C)C)C=NC2=C1N VERWQPYQDXWOGT-LVJNJWHOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COCMHKNAGZHBDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-carboxy-3-[3-(dimethylamino)-6-dimethylazaniumylidenexanthen-9-yl]benzoate Chemical compound C=12C=CC(=[N+](C)C)C=C2OC2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC(C([O-])=O)=CC=C1C(O)=O COCMHKNAGZHBDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUJRUSRXHJKUQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-carboxy-X-rhodamine triethylammonium salt Chemical compound CC[NH+](CC)CC.[O-]C(=O)C1=CC(C(=O)[O-])=CC=C1C1=C(C=C2C3=C4CCCN3CCC2)C4=[O+]C2=C1C=C1CCCN3CCCC2=C13 BUJRUSRXHJKUQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZIDRAQTRIQDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxy-x-rhodamine Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C([O-])=O)C=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 WQZIDRAQTRIQDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VWOLRKMFAJUZGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxyrhodamine 6G Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=C(C)C(NCC)=CC2=[O+]C=2C=C(NCC)C(C)=CC=2C=1C1=CC(C(O)=O)=CC=C1C(=O)OCC VWOLRKMFAJUZGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WQVFQXXBNHHPLX-ZKWXMUAHSA-N Ala-Ala-His Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1cnc[nH]1)C(O)=O WQVFQXXBNHHPLX-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBTGEURICRTMGL-WHFBIAKZSA-N Ala-Gly-Ser Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O NBTGEURICRTMGL-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYAVDNKUWLAFCV-ACZMJKKPSA-N Ala-Ser-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O YYAVDNKUWLAFCV-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100519159 Arabidopsis thaliana PCR3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BHSYMWWMVRPCPA-CYDGBPFRSA-N Arg-Arg-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N BHSYMWWMVRPCPA-CYDGBPFRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTNFNTOBUDWHNZ-GUBZILKMSA-N Asn-Arg-Met Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(O)=O PTNFNTOBUDWHNZ-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJUOLNXOWSWGKF-ACZMJKKPSA-N Asn-Asn-Glu Chemical compound C(CC(=O)O)[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)N)N LJUOLNXOWSWGKF-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHCNTVRVAYCPQE-CIUDSAMLSA-N Asn-Lys-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O KHCNTVRVAYCPQE-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FANQWNCPNFEPGZ-WHFBIAKZSA-N Asp-Asp-Gly Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(O)=O FANQWNCPNFEPGZ-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010021064 CTLA-4 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940045513 CTLA4 antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000019034 Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012236 Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NAPULYCVEVVFRB-HEIBUPTGSA-N Cys-Thr-Thr Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CS NAPULYCVEVVFRB-HEIBUPTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100039498 Cytotoxic T-lymphocyte protein 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700022150 Designed Ankyrin Repeat Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XPOQHMRABVBWPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Efavirenz Natural products O1C(=O)NC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C1(C(F)(F)F)C#CC1CC1 XPOQHMRABVBWPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010056740 Genital discharge Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QYKBTDOAMKORGL-FXQIFTODSA-N Gln-Gln-Asp Chemical compound C(CC(=O)N)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)O)C(=O)O)N QYKBTDOAMKORGL-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NUSWUSKZRCGFEX-FXQIFTODSA-N Glu-Glu-Cys Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O NUSWUSKZRCGFEX-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylserin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940126154 HIV entry inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940033330 HIV vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000560067 HIV-1 group M Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- IOVUXUSIGXCREV-DKIMLUQUSA-N Ile-Leu-Phe Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IOVUXUSIGXCREV-DKIMLUQUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TYYLDKGBCJGJGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-tryptophan-L-tyrosine Natural products C=1NC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC(N)C(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 TYYLDKGBCJGJGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186660 Lactobacillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- KZNQNBZMBZJQJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-glycyl-L-proline Natural products NCC(=O)N1CCCC1C(O)=O KZNQNBZMBZJQJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001429 N-terminal alpha-amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102220602076 Neutrophil elastase_S67W_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010036616 P18-I10 peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009711 Phalloidine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WEMYTDDMDBLPMI-DKIMLUQUSA-N Phe-Ile-Lys Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)N WEMYTDDMDBLPMI-DKIMLUQUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIQUCMUULDXTAZ-HJOGWXRNSA-N Phe-Tyr-Tyr Chemical compound N[C@@H](Cc1ccccc1)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1ccc(O)cc1)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1ccc(O)cc1)C(O)=O KIQUCMUULDXTAZ-HJOGWXRNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000004245 Proteasome Endopeptidase Complex Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000708 Proteasome Endopeptidase Complex Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ritonavir Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1CC(NC(=O)OCC=1SC=NC=1)C(O)CC(CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)N(C)CC1=CSC(C(C)C)=N1 NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMCDMHWAKMUGJE-IHRRRGAJSA-N Ser-Phe-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O QMCDMHWAKMUGJE-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKGRNFUXVTYRAS-UBHSHLNASA-N Ser-Ser-Trp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(O)=O DKGRNFUXVTYRAS-UBHSHLNASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010003723 Single-Domain Antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- APJYDQYYACXCRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptamine Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CCN)=CNC2=C1 APJYDQYYACXCRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARJASMXQBRNAGI-YESZJQIVSA-N Tyr-Leu-Pro Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC2=CC=C(C=C2)O)N ARJASMXQBRNAGI-YESZJQIVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAPWZOJOLKZEFR-AVGNSLFASA-N Val-Arg-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)N PAPWZOJOLKZEFR-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 1
- ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N [1-[2,3-dihydroxypropoxy(hydroxy)phosphoryl]oxy-3-hexadecanoyloxypropan-2-yl] (9e,12e)-octadeca-9,12-dienoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\C\C=C\CCCCC ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APERIXFHHNDFQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-[2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]-5-methylphenoxy]ethoxy]-4-[3,6-bis(dimethylamino)xanthen-9-ylidene]cyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-ylidene]-bis(carboxymethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C12=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C2OC2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C1=C(C=1)C=CC(=[N+](CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)C=1OCCOC1=CC(C)=CC=C1N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O APERIXFHHNDFQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLWHPRRGGYLLRV-XLPZGREQSA-N [[(2s,3s,5r)-3-azido-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] phosphono hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](N=[N+]=[N-])C1 GLWHPRRGGYLLRV-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMHSRBZIJNQHKT-FFKFEZPRSA-N abacavir sulfate Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O.C=12N=CN([C@H]3C=C[C@@H](CO)C3)C2=NC(N)=NC=1NC1CC1.C=12N=CN([C@H]3C=C[C@@H](CO)C3)C2=NC(N)=NC=1NC1CC1 WMHSRBZIJNQHKT-FFKFEZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010024078 alanyl-glycyl-serine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010004469 allophycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035674 anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002924 anti-infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000798 anti-retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009830 antibody antigen interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960005475 antiinfective agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000823 artificial membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010038633 aspartylglutamate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000005784 autoimmunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002981 blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- PMDQGYMGQKTCSX-HQROKSDRSA-L calcium;[(2r,3s)-1-[(4-aminophenyl)sulfonyl-(2-methylpropyl)amino]-3-[[(3s)-oxolan-3-yl]oxycarbonylamino]-4-phenylbutan-2-yl] phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].C([C@@H]([C@H](OP([O-])([O-])=O)CN(CC(C)C)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC(N)=CC=1)NC(=O)O[C@@H]1COCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 PMDQGYMGQKTCSX-HQROKSDRSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 1
- BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N casein, tech. Chemical compound NCCCCC(C(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CC(C)C)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(C(C)O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(COP(O)(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021240 caseins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940106189 ceramide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930183167 cerebroside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000001784 cerebrosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940014461 combivir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088900 crixivan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005319 delavirdine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009795 derivation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- RUZYUOTYCVRMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N doxazosin Chemical compound C1OC2=CC=CC=C2OC1C(=O)N(CC1)CCN1C1=NC(N)=C(C=C(C(OC)=C2)OC)C2=N1 RUZYUOTYCVRMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007878 drug screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003804 efavirenz Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000366 emtricitabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940001018 emtriva Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002121 endocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002062 enfuvirtide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940019131 epzicom Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010195 expression analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013861 fat-free Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003142 fosamprenavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MLBVMOWEQCZNCC-OEMFJLHTSA-N fosamprenavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)CN(CC(C)C)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC(N)=CC=1)NC(=O)O[C@@H]1COCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MLBVMOWEQCZNCC-OEMFJLHTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940099052 fuzeon Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010063718 gamma-glutamylaspartic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000002270 gangliosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002835 hiv fusion inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000652 homosexual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001438 immunostimulant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003022 immunostimulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001936 indinavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940088976 invirase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940112586 kaletra Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940039696 lactobacillus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001627 lamivudine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113354 lexiva Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- IOOMXAQUNPWDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-M lissamine rhodamine anion Chemical compound C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1S([O-])(=O)=O IOOMXAQUNPWDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004525 lopinavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002500 microbody Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002088 nanocapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-HKWSIXNMSA-N nelfinavir Chemical compound CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1C(=O)N[C@H]([C@H](O)CN1[C@@H](C[C@@H]2CCCC[C@@H]2C1)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)CSC1=CC=CC=C1 QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-HKWSIXNMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQDJXKOVJZTUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nevirapine Chemical compound C12=NC=CC=C2C(=O)NC=2C(C)=CC=NC=2N1C1CC1 NQDJXKOVJZTUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002547 new drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940072250 norvir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000001095 phosphatidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005057 refrigeration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000017610 release of virus from host Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940063627 rescriptor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000311 ritonavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003419 rna directed dna polymerase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000003408 sphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001203 stavudine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940054565 sustiva Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001355 tenofovir disoproxil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004693 tenofovir disoproxil fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JGVWCANSWKRBCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine thiocyanate Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(SC#N)C=C1C(O)=O JGVWCANSWKRBCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940021747 therapeutic vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940111527 trizivir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940008349 truvada Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010044292 tryptophyltyrosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940118696 vibrio cholerae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940111505 videx ec Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940023080 viracept Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940087450 zerit Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940052255 ziagen Drugs 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/08—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses
- C07K16/10—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses from RNA viruses
- C07K16/1036—Retroviridae, e.g. leukemia viruses
- C07K16/1045—Lentiviridae, e.g. HIV, FIV, SIV
- C07K16/1063—Lentiviridae, e.g. HIV, FIV, SIV env, e.g. gp41, gp110/120, gp160, V3, PND, CD4 binding site
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
- C07K2317/21—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/33—Crossreactivity, e.g. for species or epitope, or lack of said crossreactivity
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
- C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/90—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
- C07K2317/92—Affinity (KD), association rate (Ka), dissociation rate (Kd) or EC50 value
Definitions
- This disclosure relates to binding agents with specificity for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), methods for making the same, and to methods for using the same to treat and/or prevent HIV infection.
- HIV human immunodeficiency virus
- FIG. 1 shows the results of neutralization of a panel of nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses from the Global Panel of HIV-1 reference strains by 70 plasma samples from chronically infected patients na ⁇ ve to antiretroviral therapy. MLV pseudovirus is used as a negative control. Boxed are the seven donors selected for the collection of lymph nodes to isolate potent broadly neutralizing antibodies. Highlighted with the arrow is donor SA003 who was selected for the isolation of the broadly neutralizing antibody described in the present invention. ID50 values indicate the dilution of plasma capable of neutralizing 50% of viral infection.
- FIG. 1A illustrates exemplary results.
- FIG. 1B illustrates additional exemplary results.
- FIG. 1C illustrates additional exemplary results.
- FIG. 1D illustrates additional exemplary results.
- FIG. 2 shows the gating and sorting strategy used to purify memory and germinal center IgG B cells from lymph node samples.
- B cells were selected for the expression of the surface marker CD19 and IgG B cells were negatively selected for the lack of IgA and IgM B cell receptor (BCR) expression.
- Germinal center B cells were further selected for the expression of the CD38 marker (that is absent on memory B cells).
- FIG. 3 shows the results of neutralization of a panel of nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses (and MLV as negative control) from the Global Panel of HIV-1 reference strains by different concentration (in ⁇ g/ml) of the monoclonal antibody LN01. IC50 values indicate the concentration of monoclonal antibody capable of neutralizing 50% of viral infection. Error bars indicate the standard deviation of duplicates.
- FIG. 3A illustrates exemplary results regarding BJOX, CE1176(C), TRO.11 (B), X1632 (G), and CH119 (CRF07_BC).
- FIG. 3B illustrates additional exemplary results regarding CNE55 (CRF01_AE), 25710 (C), 246F3 (AC), CE0217 (C), and SVA-MLV.
- FIG. 4 shows the results of neutralization of a multi-clade panel of 118 HIV-1 pseudoviruses by the monoclonal antibody LN01.
- IC50 values indicate the concentration of monoclonal antibody capable of neutralizing 50% of viral infection.
- FIG. 5 shows the distribution of IC50 values on the whole panel of 118 viruses described in FIG. 4 and on individual clades or circulating recombinant forms.
- FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary results regarding all viruses.
- FIG. 5B illustrates exemplary results regarding clade A.
- FIG. 5C illustrates exemplary results regarding clade B.
- FIG. 5D illustrates exemplary results regarding clade C.
- FIG. 5E illustrates exemplary results regarding clade D.
- FIG. 5F illustrates exemplary results regarding clade G.
- FIG. 5G illustrates exemplary results regarding CRF01_AE.
- FIG. 5H illustrates exemplary results regarding CRF02_AG.
- FIG. 51 illustrates exemplary results regarding CRF07_BC.
- FIG. 5J illustrates exemplary results regarding clades CD, AC and ACD.
- FIG. 6 shows the results of neutralization of a panel of nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses from the Global Panel of HIV-1 reference strains by the monoclonal antibody LN01 when using TZM-bl or TZM-bl expressing Fc gamma Receptor I as target cells.
- FIG. 7 shows the results of neutralization of a panel of seven (7) HIV-2/HIV-1 chimeric pseudoviruses where the HIV-2 (strain 7312A) MPER region is mutagenized by introducing corresponding residues from the MPER consensus sequence of clade B or clade C (in the case of the variant 7312A.C1C) HIV-1 strains.
- FIG. 8 shows the binding of LN01 or 7B2 monoclonal antibodies to an array of 1423 15-mer peptides, overlapping by 12 amino acids, that cover the full length of the consensus HIV-1 Env gp160 sequences for clades A, B, C, D, group M, CRF01_AE and CRF02_AG. Signals below 2.0E+4 are scored as negative.
- 7B2 reacts with the gp41 immunodominant region (gp41 ID).
- FIG. 8A illustrates exemplary results regarding LN01 Binding to gp120 Consensus Sequences.
- FIG. 8B illustrates exemplary results regarding 7B2 Binding to gp120 Consensus Sequences.
- FIG. 8C illustrates exemplary results regarding LN01 Binding to gp41 Consensus Sequences.
- FIG. 8D illustrates exemplary results regarding 7B2 Binding to gp41 Consensus Sequences.
- FIG. 9 show the binding, as assessed by surface plasmon resonance, of LN01, PGT145, PGT151 and 17B monoclonal antibodies to the cleaved and soluble HIV-1 Env trimer BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 that expresses multiple epitopes for broadly neutralizing in the presence or absence of soluble CD4 (sCD4).
- sCD4 soluble CD4
- PGT145 V1-V2 glycan specific
- PGT151 binding to a site at the interface between gp120 and gp41 bound with high affinity to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 in the absence and presence of sCD4, while 17b (binding to a CD4 binding induced site) bound only in the presence of sCD4.
- FIG. 9A LN01.
- FIG. 9B PGT145.
- FIG. 9C PGT151.
- FIG. 9D 17B.
- FIG. 10 show the binding, as measured by ELISA, of LN01 and 10E8 (MPER-specific broadly neutralizing antibody) antibodies to a set of HIV-1 Env antigens and a negative control (Ctr) antigen. 10E8 antibody reacted to the recombinant ecto-domain of gp41 that contains the MPER region.
- FIG. 10A 10E8.
- FIG. 10B LN01.
- FIG. 11 shows the binding, as measured by ELISA, of LN01 and 10E8 monoclonal antibodies to a fusion intermediate gp41 (gp41int) or uncoated plates as a negative control (PBS). 10E8 antibody reacted to gp41 that contains the MPER region.
- FIG. 11A LN01.
- FIG. 11B 10E8.
- FIG. 12 shows the binding of mAb 10E8 to the gp41 peptide RRR-NEQELLELDKWASLWNWFDITNWLWYIRRRR (SEQ ID NO. 89).
- FIG. 13 shows the potency of LN01 antibody point mutation variants.
- FIG. 13A LN01 VH and VL variants.
- FIG. 13B IC 50 ( ⁇ g/ml) of LN01 variants.
- FIG. 13C IC 50 ratio (IC 50 LN01 wt/IC 50 LN01 variants (“var.”)).
- FIG. 14 shows testing of LN01 variants 7, 8 and 38 in parallel with the parental LN01 antibody against a multiclade panel of eight viruses.
- FIG. 14A Percent (%) neutralization (TRO.11).
- FIG. 14B Percent (%) neutralization (246F3).
- FIG. 14C Percent (%) neutralization (CH119).
- FIG. 14D Percent (%) neutralization (BJOX).
- FIG. 14E Percent (%) neutralization (X1632).
- FIG. 14F Percent (%) neutralization (25710).
- FIG. 14G Percent (%) neutralization (CNE55).
- FIG. 14H Percent (%) neutralization (CD1176).
- FIG. 14I Percent (%) neutralization (SVA-MLV).
- FIG. 14J IC 50 ( ⁇ g/m1).
- FIG. 14K IC 50 ratio (IC 50 LN01 wt/IC 50 LN01 variants (“var.”)).
- FIG. 15 shows testing of LN01 variants 41, 42, 43, 44, 48 and 50 against a multiclade panel of seven viruses.
- FIG. 15A IC 50 ( ⁇ g/m1).
- FIG. 15B IC 50 ratio (IC 50 LN01 wt/IC 50 LN01 variants (“var.”)).
- FIG. 16 shows testing of LN01 variant 49 against a panel of seven viruses.
- FIG. 16A IC 50 ( ⁇ g/m1).
- FIG. 16B IC 50 ratio (IC 50 LN01 wt/IC 50 LN01 variants (“var.”)).
- FIG. 17 shows testing of LN01 variant 82 (IC 50 ( ⁇ g/ml)).
- This disclosure relates to binding agents with specificity for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), methods for producing such binding agents, as well as methods for using such binding agents to treat, prevent and/or ameliorate HIV infection.
- HIV human immunodeficiency virus
- binding agents having binding affinity for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
- the binding agent can bind HIV antigens on viral particles per se or on the surface of cells in vitro and/or in vivo.
- the binding agents may also bind isolated HIV antigens and/or fragments and/or derivatives thereof, typically in vitro.
- methods for using such binding agents to diagnose, treat, prevent and / or ameliorate one or more diseases associated with HIV.
- the binding agents may be antibodies (e.g., monoclonal antibodies) that may react with and/or bind to the epitopes of HIV or polypeptides thereof.
- the binding agents may be useful for treating disease caused by HIV, such as Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS).
- AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome
- the binding agents described herein may selectively target and/or eliminate HIV and/or HIV-infected cells containing HIV (e.g., replication competent HIV) and/or expressing proteins thereof. In some embodiments, such cells may be reservoirs for replication competent HIV. In some embodiments, binding agents having, for instance, different specificities (e.g., recognizing different epitopes) may be combined to HIV activity such as infection, replication and/or spread to other cells. In some embodiments, the binding agents described herein may also provide for the selective elimination and/or suppression of HIV or HIV-expressing cells. In some embodiments, the binding agents described herein may be used to supress and/or eliminate HIV and/or HIV-expressing cells to treat, for instance, HIV infection and/or AIDS. Other embodiments, uses and the like are described below.
- the binding agents may be antibodies such as monoclonal antibodies. As shown in the examples herein, the techniques discussed below have been used to identify a fully human mAb termed “LN01”, having particular characteristics that are described herein and shown in the examples. The LN01 antibody was isolated and the amino acid sequences of variable heavy (V H ) and light (V L ) chain domains of said antibody determined. A binding agent such as LN01 may identified by referencing the amino acid and/or nucleic acid sequences corresponding to the variability and/or complementarity determining regions (“CDRs”) thereof.
- CDRs complementarity determining regions
- a CDR comprises amino acid residues within the variable region identified in accordance with the definitions of the Kabat, Chothia, the accumulation of both Kabat and Chothia, AbM, contact, and/or conformational definitions or any method of CDR determination well known in the art.
- antibody modeling software now Accelrys®
- the positions of the CDRs may be identified as the residues that make enthalpic contributions to antigen binding (Makabe et al., 2008, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 283:1156-1166).
- CDR boundary definitions may not strictly follow one of the above approaches, but may nonetheless overlap with at least a portion of the Kabat CDRs, although they may be shortened or lengthened in light of prediction or experimental findings that particular residues or groups of residues or even entire CDRs do not significantly impact antigen binding.
- a CDR may refer to CDRs defined by any approach known in the art, including combinations of approaches. The methods used herein may utilize CDRs defined according to any of these approaches. For any given embodiment containing more than one CDR, the CDRs may be defined in accordance with any of Kabat, Chothia, extended, AbM, contact, and/or conformational definitions.
- a binding agent of this disclosure may comprise, for example, any one or more of the amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 (i.e., any one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 or GTY (LN01 CDRL2)). Fragments and/or derivatives (e.g., comprising substituted amino acids, such as conservative substitutions) thereof are also disclosed.
- An exemplary derivative of the LN01 antibody (an IgG3 antibody), for instance, is termed “IgG1 LN01” in which the LN01 variable regions were cloned into an IgG1 backbone.
- a binding agent of this disclosure may comprise one or more (i.e., one, two, three, four, five, six or seven) of SEQ ID NOS.
- the binding agent comprise each of SEQ ID NOS. 1-6 and or GTY (LN01 CDRL2).
- such a binding agent may comprise SEQ ID NO. 7 and/or SEQ ID NO. 8; SEQ NOS. 9 and/or 10; SEQ NOS. 11 and/or 12; SEQ NOS. 13 and/or 14; SEQ NOS. 15 and/or 16; SEQ NOS. 17 and/or 18; SEQ NOS. 19 and/or 20; SEQ NOS. 21 and/or 22; or SEQ NOS. 23 and/or 24; or a conservatively substituted variant thereof.
- the binding agent comprises SEQ ID NO. 7 and SEQ ID NO. 8; SEQ NOS.
- the binding agent may comprise any of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 comprising one or more amino acid substitutions, in particular conservative substitutions (see, e.g., Table 2).
- Exemplary variants of SEQ ID NO.:1 (LN01 CDR H1) include, for instance, any of SEQ ID NOS. 25-32.
- the binding agent may be a monoclonal antibody or a fragment or derivative thereof.
- the binding agent may be an HIV-binding fragment of such a monoclonal antibody.
- Such embodiments would typically include at least one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32, and preferably include each of SEQ ID NOS. 1-6 (or GTY (LN01 CDRL2) such as SEQ ID NOS. 7-8; SEQ ID NO. 25 (LN01 variants 7 and 48 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO. 26 (LN01 variant 8 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO. 27 (LN01 variant 41 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO. 28 (LN01 variant 42 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO. 29 (LN01 variant 43 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO.
- variants comprising a variable heavy chain region comprising SEQ ID NO. 70 or 71 (LN01 variants 13 and 14, respectively); tryptophan (W) at an amino acid corresponding to amino acid 22 of SEQ ID NO. 70 (LN01 variant 13); tryptophan (W) at an amino acid corresponding to amino acid 23 of SEQ ID NO. 71 (LN01 variant 14); a CDRH3 amino acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NOS.
- the binding agent may comprise any of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 but not those of any one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 70-80. Other suitable embodiments may be derived by those of ordinary skill in the art from this disclosure.
- the binding agent e.g., antibody, or the antigen binding fragment thereof
- that percent identity is with respect to an amino acid sequence of at least three amino acids (e.g., as in GTY of LN01 CDRL2), six amino acids (e.g., as in LN01 CDRL1 (SEQ ID NO.:4)), seven amino acids (e.g., as in LN01 CDRH2 (SEQ ID NO.:2)), nine amino acids (e.g., as in LN01 CDRL2 (long), (SEQ ID NO.:5), LN01 CDRL3 (SEQ ID NO.:6), LN01 variant 82 CDRH1 (SEQ ID NO. 32)), ten amino acids (e.g., as in LN01 CDRH1 (SEQ ID NO.:1) or any of SEQ ID NOS.
- amino acids e.g., as in GTY of LN01 CDRL2
- six amino acids e.g., as in LN01 CDRL1 (SEQ ID NO.:4
- seven amino acids e.g., as in LN01 CDRH
- the binding agent binds HIV and/or cells infected by HIV and/or expressing HIV proteins. In some especially preferred embodiments, the binding agent neutralizes HIV as described herein. In preferred embodiments, the binding agent both binds HIV and/or cells infected by HIV and/or expressing HIV proteins, and neutralizes HIV.
- variable region and/or CDR sequences may be used in combination with one or more other variable region/CDR amino acid sequences available to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- Such variable region/CDR amino acid sequences may alternatively and/or also be adjoined to one or more types of constant region polypeptides of an antibody molecule.
- the CDR amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 may be adjoined to or associated with the constant regions of any antibody molecule of the same or a different species (e.g., human, goat, rat, sheep, chicken) and/or antibody subtype of that from which the CDR amino acid sequence was derived.
- an exemplary binding agent may be, or may be derived from, one having about the same neutralizing activity and/or binding the same or similar epitopes and/or exhibiting about the same affinity as another binding agent comprising one or more of the amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 (e.g., LN01 and IgG1 LN01).
- the binding agent may comprise an antibody heavy and/or a light chain that each comprises one or more constant and/or variable regions.
- any of the amino acid sequences described herein may also be combined with any other variable region and/or CDR in any order and/or combination to form new binding agents, e.g., hybrid and/or fusion binding agents, and/or inserted into other heavy and/or light chain variable regions using standard techniques.
- binding agents to isolate, identify, and/or target HIV and/or cells harboring and/or infected by HIV and/or expressing HIV antigens.
- binding agents may be reactive against HIV antigens such as proteins expressed on the surface of cells.
- the binding agent(s) is an antibody (antibodies).
- antibody or “antibodies” may refer to whole or fragmented antibodies in unpurified or partially purified form (e.g., hybridoma supernatant, ascites, polyclonal antisera) or in purified form.
- the antibodies may be of any suitable origin or form including, for example, murine (e.g., produced by murine hybridoma cells), or expressed as humanized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, human antibodies, and the like.
- antibodies may be wholly or partially dervied from human (e.g., IgG (IgG1, IgG2, IgG2a, Ig2b, IgG3, IgG4), IgM, IgA (IgA1 and IgA2), IgD, and IgE), canine (e.g., IgGA, IgGB, IgGC, IgGD), chicken (e.g., IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, IgM, IgY), goat (e.g., IgG), mouse (e.g., IgG, IgD, IgE, IgG, IgM), pig (e.g., IgG, IgD, IgE, IgG, IgM), and/
- the antibodies may be contained within hybridoma supernatant or ascites and utilized either directly as such or following concentration using standard techniques.
- the antibodies may be further purified using, for example, salt fractionation and ion exchange chromatography, or affinity chromatography using Protein A, Protein G, Protein A/G, and/or Protein L ligands covalently coupled to a solid support such as agarose beads, or combinations of these techniques.
- the antibodies may be stored in any suitable format, including as a frozen preparation (e.g., ⁇ 20° C. or ⁇ 70° C.), in lyophilized form, or under normal refrigeration conditions (e.g., 4° C.).
- the binding agent When stored in liquid form, for instance, it is preferred that a suitable buffer such as Tris-buffered saline (TBS) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS) is utilized.
- TBS Tris-buffered saline
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- the binding agent may be prepared as an injectable preparation, such as in suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent.
- Suitable vehicles and solvents that may be utilized include water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution, TBS and/or PBS, among others.
- Such preparations may be suitable for use in vitro or in vivo may be prepared as is known in the art and the exact preparation may depend on the particular application.
- the binding agents described herein are not, however, in any way limited to antibodies (i.e., whole antibodies).
- the binding agent may be any compound exhibiting similar binding properties as another (e.g., a mimetic).
- an exemplary binding agent may be one that binds HIV and/or can compete with another binding agent having specificity therefor (e.g., a monoclonal antibody such as LN01).
- the mimetic may exhibit substantially the same affinity in binding assays as the binding agent (e.g., monoclonal antibody) to which it is being compared.
- the affinity a particular binding agent may be measured by any suitable assay including but not limited to FACS staining of cell surface HIV antigens (e.g., polypeptides).
- One binding agent may be said to have “substantially the same affinity” as another where the measurements (e.g., nm) are within about any of 1-20,1-5,5-10,10-15, or 15-20 percent of one another.
- exemplary mimetics may include, for example, organic compounds that specifically bind HIV, or an affibody (Nygren, et al. FEBS J. 275 (11): 2668-76 (2008)), affilin (Ebersbach, et al. J. Mol. Biol. 372 (1): 172-85 (2007)), affitin (Krehenbrink, et al. J. Mol. Biol. 383 (5): 1058-68 (2008)), anticalin (Skerra, A. FEBS J.
- mimetics may include, for example, a derivative of an antibody such as, for example, an F ab , F ab2 , Fab′ single chain antibody, F v , single domain antibody, mono-specific antibody, bi-specific antibody, tri-specific antibody, multi-valent antibody, chimeric antibody, canine-human chimeric antibody, canine-mouse chimeric antibody, antibody comprising a canine Fc, humanized antibody, human antibody, caninized, CDR-grafted antibody (i.e., comprising any of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 shown in Table 1), shark antibody, nanobody, canelid antibody, microbody, and/or intrabody, or derivative thereof.
- Other binding agents are also provided herein as would be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- binding agents having specificity for (e.g., binding to) HIV Any method known to those of ordinary skill in the art may be used to generate binding agents having specificity for (e.g., binding to) HIV.
- an animal such as a mouse may be administered (e.g., immunized) with one or more HIV proteins. Animals exhibiting serum reactivity to HIV expressed on activated human T lymphocytes (as determined by, for instance, flow cytometry and/or microscopy) may then be selected for generation of anti-HIV hybridoma cell lines. This may be repeated for multiple rounds. Screening may also include, for instance, affinity binding and/or functional characterization to identify the binding agent as an being specific for HIV.
- human beings may be screened for the expression of antibodies against HIV.
- plasma samples of human beings infected by HIV may be screened to identify persons expressing anti-HIV antibodies, and in particular, neutralizing antibodies.
- Neutralizing antibody-producing cells of such persons may then be isolated, followed by the isolation and characterization of the antibodies produced thereby (e.g., as in the examples herein).
- a neutralizing antibody may be one that exhibits the ability to neutralize, or inhibit, infection of cells by HIV.
- a neutralization assay typically measures the loss of infectivity of the virus through reaction of the virus with specific antibodies.
- a loss of infectivity is caused by interference by the bound antibody with any of the virus replication steps including but not limited to binding to target cells, entry, and/or viral release.
- the presence of unneutralized virus is detected after a predetermined amount of time, e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 12 or 14 days, by measuring the infection of target cells using any of the systems available to those of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., a luciferase-based system).
- a non-limiting example of a neutralization assay may include combining a given amount of a virus or pseudovirus (see below) and different concentrations of the test or control (typically positive and negative controls assayed separately) antibody or antibodies are mixed under appropriate conditions (e.g., one (1) hour at room temperature) and then inoculated into an appropriate target cell culture (e.g., TZM-bl cells).
- a target cell culture e.g., TZM-bl cells
- binding agent-producing cells may be assayed for the production of HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies by seeding such cells in separate plates as single cell micro-cultures on human feeder cells in the presence of Epstein-Barr Virus (EBV) (which also stimulate polyclonally memory B cells), a cocktail of growth factors (e.g., TLR9 agonist CpG-2006, IL-2 (1000 IU/ml), IL-6 (10 ng/ml), IL-21 (10 ng/ml), and anti-B cell receptor (BCR) goat antibodies (which trigger BCRs).
- EBV Epstein-Barr Virus
- BCR anti-B cell receptor
- supernatants of such cultures may tested in a primary luciferase-based screening system using two or more representative HIV-1 viruses or pseudoviruses that productively infect such cells.
- the pseudoviruses may be incubated with B cell culture supernatants for an appropriate time and temperature (e.g., one (1) h at 37% (5% CO 2 )) before the addition of host cells (e.g., 3000 TZM-bl cells). Incubation for an appropriate time (e.g., 72 hours) may then follow, after which the supernatant may be removed and Steadylite reagent (Perkin Elmer) added (e.g., 15 ⁇ l).
- Steadylite reagent Perkin Elmer
- Luciferase activity may then deteremined (e.g., five minutes later) on a Synergy microplate luminometer (BioTek). Decreased luciferase activity relative to a negative control typically indicates virus neutralization.
- Neutralization assays such as these, suitable for analyzing binding agents of this disclosure, are known in the art (see, e.g., Montefiori, D. C. Curr. Protocol. Immunol. Chapter 12, Unit 12.11 (2005); Edmonds, et al. Virology, 408(1): 1-13 (2010); Seaman, et al. J. Virol. 84(3): 1439-1452 (2010); Pace, et al. PNAS USA, 110(33): 13540-13545 (2013)).
- test samples may be screened for the presence of antibodies able to neutralize a panel of HIV pseudoviruses (e.g., nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses from the Global Panel of HIV-1 reference strains as conducted in the examples herein (those pseudoviruses being BJOX (CRF007_BC), CE1176 (C), TRO.11 (B), X1632 (G), CH119 (CRF07_BC), CNE55 (CRF01_AE), 25710 (C), 246F3 (AC), CE0217 (C)); DeCamp, A. et al. Global panel of HIV-1 Env reference strains for standardized assessments of vaccine-elicited neutralizing antibodies. J Virol 88, 2489-2507 (2014)).
- HIV pseudoviruses e.g., nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses from the Global Panel of HIV-1 reference strains as conducted in the examples herein (those pseudoviruses being BJOX (CRF007_BC), CE1176 (C), TRO.11 (B),
- Neutralization of a larger panel of psuedoviruses may also be tested; for instance, de Camp et al. describe a group of 12 pseudoviruses (also known as HIV-1 Env Reference Strains): 398F1, 25710, CNE8, TRO11, X2278, BJOX2000, X1632, CE1176, 246F3, CH119, CE0217, and CNE55.
- a panel of ten HIV isolates may be tested and a BNA may be identified as one that neutralizes six, seven, eight, nine members of a panel of nine pseudoviruses; or six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 11 or 12 members of a panel of 12 pseudoviruses.
- An exemplary panel of 118 pseudoviruses used in the examples against which test samples may be tested for neutralizing antibodies may include, for instance, those shown in FIG. 4 (including clade A, clade B, clade C, clade D, clade G, circulating recombinant forms CRF10_CD, CRF10_AE, CRF02_AG and CRF07_BC, as well as non-circulating recombinants AC and ACD strains).
- neutralization may be determined as a measure of the concentration (e.g., ⁇ g/ml) of monoclonal antibody capable of neutralizing any of about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of viral infection (an “IC 50 ” value).
- a binding agent may be considered neutralizing if it is able to neutralize 50% of viral infection at a concentration of, for instance, about any of 10 ⁇ 5 , 10 ⁇ 4 , 10 ⁇ 3 , 10 ⁇ 2 , 10 ⁇ 1 , 10 0 , 10 1 , 10 2 , or 10 3 ⁇ g/ml (an IC 50 value as shown in in FIG. 3 ).
- this IC 50 value be below 25 ⁇ g/ml, and even more preferably below about any of 15, 10, 5, 2, 1, 0.5, 0.25, 0.1, 0.05, or 0.01 ⁇ g/ml.
- the IC 50 value may be less than 0.011 (e.g., FIG. 7 ).
- the ability of a neutralizing antibody to neutralize viral infection may also be expressed as a percent neutralization (e.g., 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99% (e.g., as in FIG. 3 )).
- Other measures of neutralization may also be suitable as may be determined by those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the binding agents described herein may be broadly neutralizing antibodies (BNAs) identified in biological samples (e.g., plasma) obtained from HIV-infected persons.
- BNAs may be identified by testing plasma samples of patients chronically infected by HIV (preferably those na ⁇ ve to antiretroviral therapy) for the ability to neutralize multi-clade HIV isolates (e.g., initially using a nine or 12-member panel and then a larger panel (e.g., 118 members) of pseudoviruses)).
- the samples may be derived from patients known to be “Elite Controllers” with viremia ⁇ 50 HIV RNA copies per ml of plasma.
- Screening procedures such as these may result in the identification of patients that may serve as lymph node donors for the subsequent isolation and characterization of B cells producing BNAs.
- neutralizing activity is typically compared to a negative control such as murine leukemia virus (MLV) pseudovirus.
- MLV murine leukemia virus
- germinal center and memory IgG B cells of patients expressing neutralizing binding agents may be isolated and further studied.
- the cells may be sorted separately according to IgG (e.g., IgA and IgM negative cells), CD19, and CD38 expression (germinal center B cells are CD38 positive) (see, e.g., FIG. 2 ) and interrogated for the production of HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies.
- IgG memory B cells and IgG germinal cells may be seeded in separate plates as single cell micro-cultures on human feeder cells in the presence of Epstein-Barr Virus (EBV) (which also stimulate polyclonally memory B cells) and a cocktail of growth factors and the like (e.g., composed TLR9 agonist CpG-2006, IL-2 (1000 IU/m1), IL-6 (10 ng/ml), IL-21 (10 ng/ml), and anti-BCR goat antibodies (B cell receptor (BCR) triggerring)).
- EBV Epstein-Barr Virus
- Supernatants of such cultures may then be tested in a primary screening (e.g., using a 384-well based HIV-1 pseudoviruses neutralization assay using in parallel two strains, CE1176 and BJOX2000, representative of clade C and CRF07, as shown in the examples herein).
- Neutralization assays may be carried out using any suitable host cells (e.g., TZM-bl cells (Seaman, et al. J. Virol. 84(3): 1439-52 (2010); NIH AIDS Reagent Program Catalog Number 8129)).
- HIV-1 pseudoviruses resulting in a significant output relative light units may then incubated with B cell culture supernatants for an appropriate time and temperature (e.g., one (1) h at 37% (5% CO2)) before the addition of host cells (e.g., 3000 TZM-bl cells).
- RLU output relative light units
- B cell culture supernatants for an appropriate time and temperature (e.g., one (1) h at 37% (5% CO2)) before the addition of host cells (e.g., 3000 TZM-bl cells).
- Incubation for an appropriate time typically follows, after which the supernatant may be removed and Steadylite reagent (Perkin Elmer) added (e.g., 15 ⁇ l).
- Luciferase activity may then detected (e.g., five minutes later) on a Synergy microplate luminometer (BioTek). Decreased luciferase activity indicates a lesser amount of virus being released by the cells and virus neutralization. For instance, if the base RLU for a particular psuedovirus is 50-100 ⁇ 10 4 RLU, a neutralizing antibody may be determined to decrease the RLU for that pseudovirus to 25-50 ⁇ 10 4 RLU (i.e., a 50% decrease), or less. Using such systems, supernatants capable of cross-neutralizing strains may be identified, further harvested, and tested for their ability to neutralize other pseudoviruses.
- LN01 HIV-neutralizing binding agent
- Table 1 SEQ ID NOS. 1-7 and/or GTY.
- LN01 was determined to be derived from the IGHV4-39*07 and IGKV1-39*01 germline genes and highly somatically mutated in variable genes of both heavy chain (28%) and kappa light chain (27%) compared to germ line.
- variable heavy chain (V H ) and variable light chain (V L ) genes of a binding agent may then be cloned into an IgG expression vector of the same or a different isotype.
- nucleic acids encoding LN01 CDRs (Table 3) were cloned into IgG1 backbone, and the recombinant IgG1-based antibody (IgG1 LN01) was produced by transfecting appropriate host cells (e.g., Expi293F cells).
- the antibody full-length IgG1-based antibody may then be purified using standard techniques (e.g., a full-length IgG1-based antibody may be purified using a recombinant protein-A column (GE-Healthcare)).
- the recombinantly-produced IgG1 antibody may then be tested against any of a panel of pseudoviruses such as any of those described herein (e.g., the Global Panel of nine (9) HIV-1 reference pseudoviruses used in the examples) on an appropriate host cell (e.g., TZM-bl cells).
- the binding agent will exhibit the ability to neutralize a majority (i.e., at least about 50% or greater) of the pseudovirus panel members (e.g., comprising nine, 12 or 118 members) without neutralizing a negative control virus (e.g., MLV pseudovirus). It is preferred that the binding agent exhibit the ability to neutralize a majority of such viruses (e.g., neutralization of greater than about 50%, such as any of about 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, or 100%) with IC 50 values considered neutralizing (see below).
- a binding agent of this disclosure may exhibit neutralization of HIV-1 pseudoviruses BJOX (CRF07_BC), CE1176, TRO.11 (B), X1632 (G), CH119 (CRF07_BC), CNE55 (CRF01_AE), 25710 (C), CD0217(C) but not of the control virus SVA-MLV at about 10 0 ⁇ g/ml or less ( FIG. 3 ).
- neutralization of the HIV-1 pseudoviruses viruses may be observed where the antibody concentration is from 10 2 -10 0 ⁇ g/ml, or between 10 0 -10 1 ⁇ g,/ml ( FIG. 3 ).
- the percent neutralization by the binding agent is at least about 50% ( FIG. 3 ).
- infection of one HIV-1 isolate is considered neutralized by a binding agent (e.g., antibody) at an IC 50 of less than 25 ⁇ g/ml, if infection of at least one isolate of this isolate is neutralized with an IC 50 of less than 25 ⁇ g/ml.
- the binding agent may be considered neutralizing where a majority of the 118 HIV-1 pseudoviruses listed in FIG.
- IC 50 is considered neutralized at an IC 50 of less than 25 ⁇ g/ml, such as about 10 ⁇ g/ml, 9 ⁇ g/ml, 8 ⁇ g/ml, 7 ⁇ g/ml, 6 ⁇ g/ml, 5 ⁇ g/ml, 4 ⁇ g/ml, 3 ⁇ g/ml, 2 ⁇ g/ml, 1 ⁇ g/ml, 0.9 ⁇ g/ml, 0.8 ⁇ g/ml, 0.7 ⁇ g/ml, 0.6 ⁇ g/ml, 0.5 ⁇ g/ml, 0.4 ⁇ g/ml, 0.3 ⁇ g/ml, 0.2 ⁇ g/ml, 0.1 ⁇ g/ml, 0.09 ⁇ g/ml, 0.08 ⁇ g/ml, 0.07 ⁇ g/ml, 0.06 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 ⁇ g/ml, 0.04 ⁇ g/ml, 0.03 ⁇ g/ml, 0.02 ⁇
- the binding agent may neutralize HIV-1 pseudovirus strains of ID 6535.3, QH0692.42, SC422661.8, PVO.4, TRO.11, PEJ04541.67, WIT04160.33, 1006_11_C3_1601, 1054_07_TC4_1499, 1056_TA11_1826, 1012_11_TC21_3257, 6244_13_B5_4576, SC05_8C11_2344, Du156.12, Du172.17, Du422.1, ZM197M.PB7, ZM214M.PL15, ZM233M.PB6, ZM249M.PL1, ZM109F.PB4, ZM135M.PL10a, HIV-0013095-2.11, HIV-16055-2.3, HIV-16845-2.22, Ce1086_B2, Ce1176_A3, Ce0682_E4, Ce1172_H1, ZM247v1(Rev-), 3016.v5.c45, A07412M1.
- the binding agent may neutralize HIV-1 pseudovirus strains of ID QH0692.42, SC422661.8, PVO.4, TRO.11, PEJO4541.67, WITO4160.33, 1006_11_C3_1601, 1054_07_TC4_1499, 1056_TA11_1826, 6244_13_B5_4576, SC05_8011_2344, Du156.12, Du172.17, ZM197M.PB7, HIV-0013095-2.11, HIV-16055-2.3, HIV-16845-2.22, Ce1086_B2, Ce1172_H1, ZM247v1(Rev-), 3016.v5.c45, A07412M1.vrc12, CNE20, CNE21, CNE53, CNE58, 9004SS_A3_4, 928-28, 263-8, T255-34, CNE8, C1080.c03, BJOX015000.11.5, BJOX010000.06.2, BJO
- the binding agent may neutralize HIV-1 pseudovirus strains of ID 1054_07_TC4_1499, 1056_TA11_1826, 6244_13_B5_4576, Du172.17, HIV-0013095-2.11, HIV-16845-2.22, Ce1172_H1, CNE20, CNE21, 928-28, CNE8, P1981_C5_3 at an IC50 of less than or about 0.1 ⁇ g/ml ( FIG. 4 ). It is further preferred that the binding agent not exhibit clade-dependency.
- the binding agent may exhibit the ability to neutralize pseudoviruses of HIV-1 Clades B, B (T/F), C, C (T/F), D, D (T/F), BC, A, A (T/F), CRF02_AG, CRF01_Ae, CRF01_AE (T/F), G, CD, AC and ACD ( FIG. 4 ).
- the binding agent may neutralize at least one pseudovirus in each of clades B, B (T/F), C, C (T/F), D, BC, A, A (T/F), CRF02_AG, CRF01_Ae, CRF01_AE (T/F), G, CD, and ACD at at an IC 50 of less than or about 1 ⁇ g/ml ( FIG. 4 ).
- the binding agent may neutralize at least one pseudovirus in each of clades B, B (T/F), C, C (T/F), D, BC, A (T/F), CRF02_AG, CRF01_Ae, CRF01_AE (T/F), G, CD, and ACD at at an IC 50 of less than or about 0.5 ⁇ g/ml ( FIG. 4 ).
- the binding agent may neutralize at least one pseudovirus in each of clades B (T/F), C, C (T/F), BC, A (T/F), CRF02_AG, CRF01_AE, CRF01_AE (T/F), G, and CD at at an IC 50 of less than or about 0.1 ⁇ g/m1 ( FIG. 4 ).
- the binding agent comprises any one or more of these properties and one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32, preferably each of SEQ ID NOS. 1-7 and/or SEQ ID NOS. 8-9 and/or fragments and/or derivatives thereof. These are characteristics of LN01-type binding agents, such as IgG1 LN01, as shown in FIG. 4 .
- the binding agents may be tested for neutralization capacity against HIV reference pseudoviruses (e.g., the above-described Global Panel of nine (9) HIV-1 reference pseudoviruses) using cells expressing or not expressing one or more types of Fc receptors (e.g., parental TZM-bl cells and TZM-bl cells expressing Fc-gamma receptor I (CD64) as in the examples; see e.g. Perez, et al. Utilization of immunoglobulin G Fc receptors by human immunodeficiency virus type 1: a specific role for antibodies against the membrane-proximal external region of gp41. J Virol 83, 7397-7410 (2009); NIH AIDS Reagent Program Catalog No.
- HIV reference pseudoviruses e.g., the above-described Global Panel of nine (9) HIV-1 reference pseudoviruses
- Fc receptors e.g., parental TZM-bl cells and TZM-bl cells expressing Fc-gamma receptor I
- Enhanced neutralizing activity in cells expressing Fc receptors may provide antibodies a kinetic advantage for virus inhibition. This kinetic advantage could be unique to antibodies, whose epitopes are thought to be difficult to access or exposed for only a short time on intermediate conformations of the Env protein during an early stage of fusion. Fc-gamma receptors could also potentially facilitate HIV-1 neutralization is phagocytosis, thereby increasing neutralization capacity of the antibodies.
- HeLa cells, from which the TZM-bl cell line was constructed are known to exhibit properties of nonprofessional phagocytes. Thus, it is possible that TZM-bl cells were converted to professional phagocytic cells by introducing Fc-gamma receptor on their surface.
- Fc-gamma-receptor-mediated antiviral effects on HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies might be beneficial in HIV treatment and vaccine regimens.
- Fc-gamma receptors are rarely expressed on CD4+ lymphocytes, but several other HIV-1-susceptible cell types express multiple Fc-gamma receptors and are involved in sexual transmission and the early establishment of long-lived viral reservoirs.
- macrophages are among the first infection-susceptible cells that the virus encounters after mucosal exposure, and are thought to serve as a long-lived virus reservoir in chronic infection.
- Macrophages, as well as certain subsets of monocytes and dendritic cells are known to express multiple Fc-gamma receptors.
- the binding agents described herein may be used in conjunction with agents that induce and/or enhance Fc receptor expression, including the introduction of nucleic acids encoding one or more Fc receptors with or in conjunction with treatment by the binding agents described herein.
- the specificity of the binding agents described herein may be determined using any of the many techniques available to those of ordinary skill in the art. For instance, as shown in the examples herein, the specificity of a binding agent (e.g., IgG1 LN01 antibody), with respect to particular epitopes, may be ascertained using a panel of chimeric pseudoviruses (e.g., HIV-2/HIV-1 chimeras containing various segments of the HIV-1 MPER into the parental HIV-2/7312A) to test for neutralization capacity. For instance, the examples herein demonstrate that IgG1 LN01 antibody does not neutralize the parental HIV-2 7312A strain.
- a binding agent e.g., IgG1 LN01 antibody
- IgG1 LN01 antibody was found to potently neutralize the chimeric virus 7312A.C4 in which six (6) residues of HIV-2 MPER (LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 65)) were replaced by those of HIV-1 MPER region ( ITK W LW YI K (SEQ ID NO. 66)). IgG1 LN01 antibodies was also found not to neutralize the chimeric virus 7312A.C6 in which only three (3) residues in the same region were replaced ( IT SW I KYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 67)) (see, e.g., FIG. 7 ).
- the binding agent exhibits the capacity to bind to and/or neutralize HIV expressing gp41 comprising the amino acid residues L679, W680 and K683 as found in the HIV-1 envelope amino acid sequence of GenBank Accession No. K03455 (NCBI GenPept Accession No. AAB50262), such as, for instance, SEQ ID NO. 68 (L679, W680 and K683 underlined):
- Exemplary equivalents to amino acid residues L679, W680 and K683 are the underlined amino acid residues L168, W169 and K172 of SEQ ID NO. 14 (as well as GenBank Accession No. 1103299B).
- the binding agent exhibits the capacity to bind to and/or neutralize HIV expressing amino acid sequence ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 66).
- the binding agent exhibits the capacity to bind to and/or neutralize HIV expressing amino acid sequence ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 66) but not LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 65) and/or ITKWIKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 67).
- the epitope(s) to which the binding agent binds includes the amino acid residues L679, W680 and K683, or equivalents thereof of, HIV env (e.g., SEQ ID NO. 68. Wth respect gp41, in preferred embodiments, the epitope(s) to which the binding agent binds (i.e., has specificity) includes the amino acid residues L168, W169 and K172 of SEQ ID NO. 69, or equivalents thereof.
- a binding agent of this disclosure may comprise these binding specificities along with the neutralization characteristics described above (i.e., neutralization of HIV-1 pseudoviruses BJOX (CRF07_BC), CE1176, TRO.11 (B), X1632 (G), CH119 (CRF07_BC), CNE55 (CRF01_AE), 25710 (C), CD0217(C) but not of the control virus SVA-MLV at a concentration is from 10 2 -10 0 ug/ml, or between 10 0 -10 1 ug/ml, to at least about 50% ( FIG. 3 ), as well as the neutralization a majority of the 118 HIV-1 pseudoviruses listed in FIG. 4 at an IC 50 of less than 25 ⁇ g/ml).
- Peptide microarrays may alternatively and/or also be used to determine the binding specificity of the binding agents described herein.
- One or more peptide microarrays may be designed such that overlapping peptides encompassing the entire amino acid sequence of a HIV polypeptide. For instance, as shown in the examples herein, a peptide microarray formed by 1423 overlapping (by 12 amino acids) 15-mer peptides covering the consensus HIV-1 Env gp160 sequences for clades A, B, C, D, group M, CRF01_AE and CRF02_AG was utilized to test the specificity of binding agent IgG1 LN01.
- the peptides were printed onto 3D-Epoxy glass slides and were analyzed with a GenePix 4000B scanner (Tomaras, G. D. et al. Polyclonal B cell responses to conserved neutralization epitopes in a subset of HIV-1-infected individuals. J Virol 85, 11502-11519 (2011)) but any suitable system available to those of ordinary skill in the art may be utilized.
- the binding agent may be tested along with a control binding agent (e.g., in the examples herein IgG01 LN01 was tested at 20 ⁇ g/ml in parallel with a control antibody called 7B2 haivng specificity for the immunodominant region of gp41).
- the binding of the binding agent to the peptides in the microarray may be detected by any suitable process, including by incubation with DyLight 649-labeled goat anti-human IgG as in the examples herein. Fluorescence intensity may be measured by any suitable system, such as a GenePix 4000B scanner/GenePix software as in the examples herein (see, e.g., FIG. 8 ).
- IgG1 LN01 antibody did not clearly react with any of the peptides in that library, while the control antibody (7B2) strongly reacted with 190-195 peptides that spanned the gp41 immunodominant region, indicating that the IgG1 LN01 antibody does not recognize a linear epitope in HIV-1 Env. Similar tests may also be performed on any of the binding agents contemplated herein.
- a binding agent may also be tested for binding to soluble trimers representing HIV proteins (e.g., soluble, cleaved SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers based on the subtype A transmitted/founder strain, BG505 as used in the examples herein).
- Preferred trimers are those being highly stable, homogenous and closely resembling native virus spikes when visualized by negative stain electron microscopy (EM) (Sanders, R. W. et al.
- EM negative stain electron microscopy
- a next-generation cleaved, soluble HIV-1 Env trimer, BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 expresses multiple epitopes for broadly neutralizing but not non-neutralizing antibodies.
- the examples also included a test, which may be used in testing any of binding agents described herein, in which the MPER was also deleted to improve trimer solubility and reduce aggregate formation.
- the binding agents may also be tested for binding to such trimers in the presence or absence of soluble CD4 (sCD4).
- sCD4 soluble CD4
- the examples herein describe the testing of the IgG1 LN01, PGT145 (V1-V2 glycan specific), PGT151 (binding to a site at the interface between gp120 and gp41) and 17b (binding to a CD4 binding induced site) antibodies for binding to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers in the presence or absence of sCD4 (measured by surface plasmon resonance (SPR)).
- SPR surface plasmon resonance
- the PGT145 and PGT151 antibodies reacted strongly to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers in the presence and absence of sCD4; 17b reacted to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers only in the presence of sCD4; and IgG1 LN01 did not react with BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers neither in the presence nor in the absence of sCD4 (see, e.g., FIG. 9 ). Similar tests may also be performed on any of the binding agents contemplated herein.
- ELISA assay systems
- IgG1 LN01 antibody in parallel with MPER-specific 10E8 antibody (Huang, J. et al. Broad and potent neutralization of HIV-1 by a gp41-specific human antibody.
- the gp41int antigen is recognized with high affinity by MPER antibodies 4E10, 2F5 and 10E8. While 10E8 reacted to gp4lint by ELISA, IgG1 LN01 antibody did not (see, e.g., FIG. 11 ). These results indicate that IgG1 LN01 antibody recognizes a conserved epitope, possibly in the MPER region, that is not readily displayed in any of the antigens tested. Similar tests may be performed on any of the binding agents contemplated herein.
- binding affinity and/or K D refers to the dissociation rate of a particular antibody-antigen interaction.
- the K D is the ratio of the rate of dissociation (“off-rate (k d )”) to the association rate (“on-rate (k a )).
- K D therefore equals k d /k a and is expressed as a molar concentration (M).
- M molar concentration
- the binding agents described herein may be compared with another binding agent with reference to the respective K D values of each. These properties may be combined with other characteristics such as neutralization capacity and/or epitope specificity in order to compare binding agents to one another. Accordingly, binding agents having a similar K D to those described herein, perhaps also sharing the neutralization capacity and epitope specificity described herein (e.g., as exhibited by LN01), are also contemplated as part of this disclosure.
- any of the amino acid sequences of Tables 1 may be also substituted by any other amino acid as desired by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- one of skill in the art may make conservative substitutions by replacing particular amino acids with others as shown in Table 2 below.
- the specific amino acid substitution selected may depend on the location of the site selected.
- An amino acid substitution may be said to “correspond to” where one of ordinary skill in the art could ascertain a significant amount of similarity between the amino acid sequences surrounding the amino acid being substituted.
- a particular amino acid sequence may correspond to another where two, three, four or more N-terminal and C-terminal amino acids surrounding the amino acid being substituted are the same or similar (e.g., as described in Table 2) in the polypeptides being compared.
- Conservative amino acid substitutions may involve a substitution of a native amino acid residue with a non-native residue such that there is little or no effect on the size, polarity, charge, hydrophobicity, or hydrophilicity of the amino acid residue at that position and, in particular, does not result in, e.g., decreased HIV neutralization capacity and/or different epitope specificity.
- a nucleic acid molecule encoding one or more binding agents described herein may be inserted into one or more expression vectors, as discussed below in greater detail.
- the binding agent may be encoded by nucleotides corresponding to the amino acid sequence.
- the particular combinations of nucleotides (codons) that encode the various amino acids (AA) are well known in the art, as described in various references used by those skilled in the art (e.g., Lewin, B. Genes V , Oxford University Press, 1994).
- the nucleotide sequences encoding the amino acids of said binding agents may be ascertained with reference to Table 3, for example.
- Nucleic acid variants may use any combination of nucleotides that encode the binding agent.
- V H CDRH1 LN01 variant 8 GDSVSNDWYY (SEQ ID GGCGACAGCGTGTCCAACGACT Variable Heavy (V H ) NO.: 26) GGTACTAC (SEQ ID NO. 58) CDRH1 LN01 variant 41 GDSVSNFNYY (SEQ ID GGGGACAGCGTCTCCAACTTTA Variable Heavy (V H ) NO.: 27) ATTACTAT(SEQ ID NO. 59) CDRH1 LN01 variant 42 GDSVSNYNYY (SEQ ID GGGGACAGCGTCTCCAACTACA Variable Heavy (V H ) NO.: 28) ATTACTAT (SEQ ID NO.
- a nucleic acid encoding a binding agent of this disclosure may comprise one or more SEQ ID NOS. 33-64 or GGGACTTAT, or a derivative thereof that encodes any of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 or GTY (LN01 CDRL2) and/or a derivative thereof (e.g., any of SEQ ID NOS.
- nucleotide sequences encoding the variable regions thereof may also be isolated from the phage and/or hybridoma cells expressing the same cloned into expression vectors. Methods for producing such preparations are well-known in the art.
- Nucleic acid molecules encoding one or more HIV binding agents may be contained within a viral and/or a non-viral vector.
- a DNA vector is utilized to deliver nucleic acids encoding one or more HIV binding agents to the patient.
- various strategies may be utilized to improve the efficiency of such mechanisms including, for example, the use of self-replicating viral replicons (Caley, et al. 1999. Vaccine, 17: 3124-2135; Dubensky, et al. 2000. Mol. Med. 6: 723-732; Leitner, et al. 2000. Cancer Res. 60: 51-55), codon optimization (Liu, et al. 2000. Mol.
- Vaccine, 19: 2647-2656 incorporation of stimulatory motifs such as CpG (Gurunathan, supra; Leitner, supra), sequences for targeting of the endocytic or ubiquitin-processing pathways (Thomson, et al. 1998. J. Virol. 72: 2246-2252; Velders, et al. 2001. J. lmmunol. 166: 5366-5373), prime-boost regimens (Gurunathan, supra; Sullivan, et al. 2000. Nature, 408: 605-609; Hanke, et al. 1998. Vaccine, 16: 439-445; Amara, et al. 2001.
- Various viral vectors that have been successfully utilized for introducing a nucleic acid to a host include retrovirus, adenovirus, adeno-associated virus (AAV), herpes virus, and poxvirus, among others.
- the vectors may be constructed using standard recombinant techniques widely available to one skilled in the art.
- Non-viral plasmid vectors may also be suitable in certain embodiments. Preferred plasmid vectors are compatible with bacterial, insect, and/or mammalian host cells.
- Such vectors include, for example, PCR-ii, PCR3, and pcDNA3.1 (Invitrogen, San Diego, Calif.), pBSii (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.), pet15 (Novagen, Madison, Wis.), pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.), pEGFp-n2 (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.), pETI (Bluebacii, Invitrogen), pDSR-alpha (PCT pub. No.
- telomeres a high copy number COLe1-based phagemid, Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif.
- PCR cloning plasmids designed for cloning TAQ-amplified PCR products e.g., TOPOTM TA cloning® kit, PCR2.1® plasmid derivatives, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.
- Bacterial vectors may also be used.
- vectors include, for example, Shigella, Salmonella, Vibrio cholerae, Lactobacillus, Bacille Calmette Guérin (BCG), and Streptococcus (see for example, WO 88/6626; WO 90/0594; WO 91/13157; WO 92/1796; and WO 92/21376).
- BCG Bacille Calmette Guérin
- Streptococcus see for example, WO 88/6626; WO 90/0594; WO 91/13157; WO 92/1796; and WO 92/21376).
- Other delivery techniques may also suffice including, for example, DNA-ligand complexes, adenovirus-ligand-DNA complexes, direct injection of DNA, CaPO 4 precipitation, gene gun techniques, electroporation, and colloidal dispersion systems.
- Colloidal dispersion systems include macromolecule complexes, nanocapsules, microspheres, beads, and lipid-based systems including oil-in-water emulsions, micelles, mixed micelles, and liposomes.
- the preferred colloidal system is a liposome, which are artificial membrane vesicles useful as delivery vehicles in vitro and in vivo.
- RNA, DNA and intact virions can be encapsulated within the aqueous interior and be delivered to cells in a biologically active form (Fraley, R., et al., 1981, Trends Biochem. Sci., 6: 77).
- the composition of the liposome is usually a combination of phospholipids, particularly high-phase-transition-temperature phospholipids, usually in combination with steroids, especially cholesterol. Other phospholipids or other lipids may also be used.
- the physical characteristics of liposomes depend on pH, ionic strength, and the presence of divalent cations. Examples of lipids useful in liposome production include phosphatidyl compounds, such as phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylethanolamine, sphingolipids, cerebrosides, and gangliosides.
- diacylphosphatidylglycerols where the lipid moiety contains from 14-18 carbon atoms, particularly from 16-18 carbon atoms, and is saturated.
- Illustrative phospholipids include egg phosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine and distearoylphosphatidylcholine.
- a cultured cell comprising the vector is also provided.
- the cultured cell may be a cultured cell transfected with the vector or a progeny of the cell, wherein the cell expresses the immunogenic polypeptide.
- Suitable cell lines are known to those of skill in the art and are commercially available, for example, through the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC).
- ATCC American Type Culture Collection
- the transfected cells can be used in a method of producing an immunogenic polypeptide. The method comprises culturing a cell comprising the vector under conditions that allow expression of the immunogenic polypeptide, optionally under the control of an expression sequence.
- the immunogenic polypeptide can be isolated from the cell or the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.ln some embodiments, the binding agents described herein may be conjugated to active agents to target and inhibit the function of and /or eliminate cell populations expressing HIV polypeptides and/or harboring HIV (and/or another antigen in the case of binding agents with multiple specificities). For instance, CD4 + T-cell populations containing replication competent HIV may be targeted and eliminated using binding agent / drug conjugates (e.g., antibody-drug conjugates (ADC)). Mono- and/or bi-specific candidate binding agents may be conjugated with one or more types of drugs (e.g., drugs damaging DNA, targeting microtubules).
- drugs e.g., drugs damaging DNA, targeting microtubules.
- binding agents described herein and/ or derivatives thereof may also be adjoined to and/or conjugated to functional agents for in vitro and/or in vivo use.
- the binding agent may be adjoined to and/or conjugated to functional moieties such as cytotoxic drugs or toxins, and/or active fragments thereof such as diphtheria A chain, exotoxin A chain, ricin A chain, abrin A chain, curcin, crotin, phenomycin, enomycin, among others.
- Suitable functional moieties may also include radiochemicals.
- Binding agents, such as antibodies may be adjoined to and/or conjugated to the one or more functional agents using standard techniques in the art.
- this disclosure provides binding agents with multiple specificities such that epitopes bound by LN01 (e.g., ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 72) but not LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 71) and/or ITKWIKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 73)) and at least one other secondary antigen (e.g., a cell surface protein) may be bound by a single binding agent.
- the secondary antigen may be one expressed by cells infected by an infectious agent.
- an exemplary secondary antigen may be HIV Env antigen other than gp41.
- binding agents may bind the secondary antigen and/or may serve to neutralize the infectious agent as may be determined using the assays described herein.
- binding agents such as one or more described herein with another available to those of ordinary skill in the art, are also contemplated herein.
- the combinations may be identified to provide statistically significant differences from results (e.g., neutralization assays) obtained using only one or more of the binding agents and not others.
- combinations exhibit synergistic neutralization of HIV, for example.
- the combination may comprise a first binding agent having the characteristics of LN01 (e.g., such as IgG1 LN01) and/or comprising any one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 (and/or as described in Table 1), and/or derivatives thereof, and any one or more of the antibodies described in any one or more of U.S.
- any of the binding agents described herein may be combined with (i.e., as a single composition, and/or used in conjunction with) one or more the antibodies commonly known as 2F5, 4E10 and/or Z13e1, and/or derivatives thereof, among others.
- the binding agents of such compositions may be different entities such as two or more different monoclonal antibodies or derivatives thereof, or may be found on the same entity such as a bi-functional antibody (a single antibody or derivative thereof comprising multiple binding specificities).
- Such combinations as described herein may also be combined with one or more other agents that may effect immune cell function such as antibodies against CTLA-4, and the like.
- One of ordindary skill in the art would recognize that many such combinations may be suitable for use as descrbed herein.
- HIV binding agents described herein may be used to treat and/or prevent and/or ameliorate the symptoms of infection by HIV.
- HIV isolates are now classified into discrete genetic subtypes.
- HIV-1 is known to comprise at least ten subtypes (A1, A2, A3, A4, B, C, D, E, F1, F2, G, H, J and K) (Taylor et al, NEJM, 359(18):1965-1966 (2008)).
- HIV-2 is known to include at least five subtypes (A, B, C, D, and E).
- Subtype B has been associated with the HIV epidemic in homosexual men and intravenous drug users worldwide.
- HIV-1 immunogens laboratory adapted isolates, reagents and mapped epitopes belong to subtype B.
- subtype B In sub-Saharan Africa, India and China, areas where the incidence of new HIV infections is high, HIV-1 subtype B accounts for only a small minority of infections, and subtype HIV-1 C appears to be the most common infecting subtype. Any of these types of isolates may be addressed using the binding agents described herein.
- One or more binding agents may also be administered with or in conjunction with one or more agents used to prevent, treat and/or ameliorate HIV such as for example, a protease inhibitor, an HIV entry inhibitor, a reverse transcriptase inhibitor, and/or an anti- retroviral nucleoside analog.
- Suitable compounds include, for example, Agenerase (amprenavir), Combivir (Retrovir/Epivir), Crixivan (indinavir), Emtriva (emtricitabine), Epivir (3tc / lamivudine), Epzicom, Fortovase/Invirase (saquinavir), Fuzeon (enfuvirtide), Hivid (ddc/zalcitabine), Kaletra (lopinavir), Lexiva (Fosamprenavir), Norvir (ritonavir), Rescriptor (delavirdine), Retrovir/AZT (zidovudine), Reyatax (atazanavir, BMS-232632), Sustiva (efavirenz), Trizivir (abacavir/zidovudine/lamivudine), Truvada (Emtricitabine/Tenofovir DF), Videx (ddl/didanosine), Videx EC (ddl, didanosine
- antibodies may be utilized to isolate HIV or cells containing HIV and/or expressing HIV antigens using, for example, immunoprecipitation or other capture-type assay.
- This well-known technique is performed by attaching the antibody to a solid support or chromatographic material (e.g., a bead coated with Protein A, Protein G and/or Protein L).
- the bound antibody is then introduced into a solution either containing or believed to contain HIV antigens (e.g., an HIV-infected cell).
- the HIV antigen(s) may then bind to the antibody and non-binding materials are washed away under conditions in which the HIV antigen(s) remains bound to the antibody.
- the bound protein may then be separated from the antibody and analyzed as desired. Similar methods for isolating a protein using an antibody are well-known in the art.
- the binding agents e.g., antibodies
- the antibodies may also be utilized to detect HIV or HIV antigens within a biological sample.
- the antibodies may be used in assays such as, for example, flow cytometric analysis, ELISA, immunoblotting (e.g., western blot), in situ detection, immunocytochemistry, and/or immunhistochemistry. Methods of carrying out such assays are well-known in the art.
- the binding agents may be adjoined to and/or conjugated to one or more detectable labels.
- suitable detectable labels may include, for instance, fluorosceins (e.g., DyLight, Cy3, Cy5, FITC, HiLyte Fluor 555, HiLyte Fluor 647; 5-carboxy-2,7-dichlorofluorescein; 5-Carboxyfluorescein (5-FAM); 5-HAT (Hydroxy Tryptamine); 5-Hydroxy Tryptamine (HAT); 6-JOE; 6-carboxyfluorescein (6-FAM); FITC; 6-carboxy-1,4-dichloro-2′,7′-dichlorofluorescein (TET); 6-carboxy-1,4-dichloro-2′, 4′, 5′, 7′-tetrachlorofluorescein (HEX); 6-carboxy-4′, 5′-dichloro-2′, 7′-dimethoxy
- the binding agents described herein may be also be used to determine the presence of a disease state in a patient, to predict prognosis, or to determine the effectiveness of a chemotherapeutic or other treatment regimen.
- Expression profile assays performed as described herein or as is otherwise known in the art, may be used to determine the relative level of expression of HIV in a cell, for instance. The level of expression may then be correlated with base (e.g., control) levels to determine whether a particular disease is present within the patient, the patient's prognosis, or whether a particular treatment regimen is effective.
- an increased or decreased level of expression of HIV in the patient's tissues may indicate the regimen is worsening or improving the load of HIV in that host.
- the increase or decrease in expression may indicate the regimen is having or not having the desired effect and another therapeutic modality may therefore be selected.
- the binding agents described herein may be used to ascertain the effect of a drug candidate on the expression of the immunogenic target in a cell line, or a cell or tissue of a patient.
- the expression profiling technique may be combined with high throughput screening techniques to allow rapid identification of useful compounds and monitor the effectiveness of treatment with a drug candidate (see, for example, Zlokarnik, et al., Science 279, 84-8 (1998)).
- Drug candidates may be chemical compounds, nucleic acids, proteins, antibodies, or derivatives therefrom, whether naturally occurring or synthetically derived. Drug candidates thus identified may be utilized, among other uses, as pharmaceutical compositions for administration to patients or for use in further screening assays.
- the binding agents are in purified form.
- a “purified” binding agent e.g., antibody
- a purified binding agent may be one that is separated from at least about 50% of the proteins and/or other components with which it is initially found (e.g., as part of a hybridoma supernatant or ascites preparation in the case of a monoclonal antibody).
- a purified binding agent e.g., antibody
- polypeptides and nucleic acids described herein may also be combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers prior to administration to a host.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, e.g., the material may be administered to a subject, without causing any undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained.
- the carrier would naturally be selected to minimize any degradation of the active ingredient and to minimize any adverse side effects in the subject, as would be well known to one of skill in the art. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers and their formulations are described in, for example, Remington's: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21 st Edition , David B.
- a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic.
- the pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, sterile water, saline, buffered solutions like Ringer's solution, and dextrose solution. The pH of the solution is generally from about 5 to about 8 or from about 7 to about 7.5.
- Other carriers include sustained-release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing polypeptides or fragments thereof. Matrices may be in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes or microparticles.
- Carriers are those suitable for administration of polypeptides and/or fragments thereof to humans or other subjects.
- Pharmaceutical compositions may also include carriers, thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents, adjuvants, immunostimulants, in addition to the immunogenic polypeptide.
- Pharmaceutical compositions may also include one or more active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, antiinflammatory agents and anesthetics.
- the pharmaceutical composition may be administered orally, parentally, by inhalation spray, rectally, intranodally, or topically in dosage unit formulations containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or “physiologically acceptable carrier” as used herein refers to one or more formulation materials suitable for accomplishing or enhancing the delivery of a nucleic acid, polypeptide, or peptide as a pharmaceutical composition.
- a “pharmaceutical composition” is a composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a nucleic acid or polypeptide.
- effective amount and “therapeutically effective amount” each refer to the amount of a binding agent, nucleic acid or the like used to observe the desired therapeutic effect (e.g., eliminating HIV).
- binding agent is a monoclonal antibody or fragment or derivative thereof comprising one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 and/or shown in Table 1.
- the one or more binding agents may be administered in a dosage amount of about 1 to about 50 mg/kg, about 1 to about 30 mg/kg, or about 5 to about 30 mg/kg (e.g., about any of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, or 40 mg/kg).
- the one or more binding agents may be administered to the mammal (e.g., intradermally, intravenously, orally, rectally) at about 10 mg / kg one or more times.
- the doses may comprise about the same or different amount of binding agent in each dose.
- the doses may also be separated in time from one another by the same or different intervals.
- the doses may be separated by about any of 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, or 96 hours, one week, two weeks, three weeks, one month, two months, three months, four months, five months, six months, seven months, eight months, nine months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, 1.5 years, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, or any time period before, after, and/or between any of these time periods.
- the binding agents may be administered in conjunction with other agents (e.g., anti-infective agents and/or chemotherapeutic agent). Such other agents may be administered about simultaneously with the binding agents, or at a different time and/or frequency. Other embodiments of such methods may also be appropriate as could be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- kit format A kit including one or more of such binding agents and optionally other components necessary for using the same to detect cells expressing HIV is also provided.
- the binding agents of the kit may be provided in any suitable form, including frozen, lyophilized, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable buffer such as TBS or PBS.
- the kit may also include other reagents required for utilization of the binding agents in vitro or in vivo such as buffers (e.g., TBS, PBS), blocking agents (solutions including nonfat dry milk, normal sera, Tween-20 Detergent, BSA, or casein), and/or detection reagents (e.g., goat anti-mouse IgG biotin, streptavidin-HRP conjugates, allophycocyanin, B-phycoerythrin, R-phycoerythrin, peroxidase, detectable labels, and other labels and/or staining kits (e.g., ABC Staining Kit, Pierce)).
- buffers e.g., TBS, PBS
- blocking agents solutions including nonfat dry milk, normal sera, Tween-20 Detergent, BSA, or casein
- detection reagents e.g., goat anti-mouse IgG biotin, streptavidin-HRP conjugates, allophycocyanin
- kits may also include other reagents and/or instructions for using the antibodies in commonly utilized assays described above such as, for example, flow cytometric analysis, ELISA, immunoblotting (e.g., western blot), in situ detection, immunocytochemistry, immunhistochemistry.
- the kit provides a binding agent in purified form.
- the binding agent may be provided in biotinylated form either alone or along with an avidin-conjugated detection reagent (e.g., antibody).
- the kit includes a binding agents comprising one or more detectable labels that may be used to directly detect HIV.
- kits and the like required for using any of these systems are well-known in the art and/or may be prepared by the end-user or provided as a component of the kit.
- the kit may also include a solid support containing positive- and negative-control protein and/or tissue samples.
- kits for performing spotting or western blot-type assays may include control cell or tissue lysates for use in SDS-PAGE or nylon or other membranes containing pre-fixed control samples with additional space for experimental samples.
- Kits for visualization of HIV in cells on slides may include pre-formatted slides containing control cell or tissue samples with additional space for experimental samples.
- Other embodiments of kits are also contemplated herein as would be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
- binding agents such as the LN01 antibody with specificity for HIV.
- the binding agent is a polypeptide comprising at least one amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 and/or shown in Table
- the binding agent is a polypeptide comprising one or more combinations of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32. In some embodiments, the binding agent is an antibody. In some embodiments, the binding agent is a polypeptide such as an antibody comprising a heavy chain CDR amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS. 1-3. In some embodiments, the binding agent is a polypeptide such as an antibody comprising a light chain CDR amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS. 4-7. In some embodiments, the binding agent is a polypeptide such as an antibody comprising a V H amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 7 (LN01), SEQ ID NO. 9 (LN01 variant 7), SEQ ID NO.
- the binding agent is a polypeptide such as an antibody comprising a V L amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 8 (LN01), SEQ ID NO. 10 (LN01 variant 7), SEQ ID NO. 12 (LN01 variant 8), SEQ ID NO. 14 (LN01 variant 38), SEQ ID NO. 16 (LN01 variant 41), SEQ ID NO.
- the binding agent comprises the combinations of CDRs (SEQ ID NOS. 1-6 or GNT (LN01 CDRL1)) and/or variable regions (SEQ ID NOS. 7 and 8; SEQ NOS. 9 and 10; SEQ NOS. 11 and 12; SEQ NOS. 13 and 14; SEQ NOS. 15 and 16; SEQ NOS. 17 and 18; SEQ NOS. 19 and 20; SEQ NOS. 21 and 22; or, SEQ ID NOS. 23 and 24; or a conservatively substituted variant thereof) shown in Table 1.
- the binding agents have specificity for an epitope comprising amino acid residues L679, W680 and K683 of SEQ ID NO. 68 and/or amino acid residues L168, W169 and K172 of SEQ ID NO. 69.
- the binding agent exhibits the capacity to bind to and/or neutralize HIV expressing amino acid sequence ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 66).
- the binding agent exhibits the capacity to bind to and/or neutralize HIV expressing amino acid sequence ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 66) but not LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 65) and/or ITKWIKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 67).
- a binding agent of this disclosure may comprise any one or more of these binding specificities along with the neutralization characteristics described above (i.e., neutralization of HIV-1 pseudoviruses BJOX (CRF07_BC), CE1176, TRO.11 (B), X1632 (G), CH119 (CRF07_BC), CNE55 (CRF01_AE), 25710 (C), CD0217(C) but not of the control virus SVA-MLV at a concentration is from 10 2 -10 0 ug/ml, or between 10 0 -10 1 ug/ml, to at least about 50%, and/or the ability to the neutralize a majority of the 118 HIV-1 pseudoviruses listed in FIG. 4 at an IC 50 of less than 25).
- nucleic acids encoding such binding agents are also provided as in Table 4.
- the binding agent is derived from or related to (e.g., by sequence or derivation) a human antibody, human IgG, human IgG1, human IgG2, human IgG2a, human IgG2b, human IgG3, human IgG4, human IgM, human IgA, human IgA1, human IgA2, human IgD, human IgE, canine antibody, canine IgGA, canine IgGB, canine IgGC, canine IgGD, chicken antibody, chicken IgA, chicken IgD, chicken IgE, chicken IgG, chicken IgM, chicken IgY, goat antibody, goat IgG, mouse antibody, mouse IgG, pig antibody, and/or rat antibody, and/or a derivative thereof.
- a human antibody canine IgG, human IgG1, human IgG2, human IgG2a, human IgG2b, human IgG3, human IgG4, human IgM, human IgA, human IgA1,
- the derivative may be selected from the group consisting of an F ab , F ab2 , Fab′ single chain antibody, F v , single chain, mono-specific antibody, bispecific antibody, trimeric antibody, multi-specific antibody, multivalent antibody, chimeric antibody, canine-human chimeric antibody, canine-mouse chimeric antibody, antibody comprising a canine Fc, humanized antibody, human antibody, caninized antibody, CDR-grafted antibody, shark antibody, nanobody, and/or canelid antibody.
- the binding agent comprises at least a least a first and second specificity, the first being against HIV gp41 and the second being against a different antigen (e.g., an antigen of an infectious agent such as HIV (e.g., env) and/or a tumor antigen).
- a different antigen e.g., an antigen of an infectious agent such as HIV (e.g., env) and/or a tumor antigen.
- the binding agent and/or derivative thereof may comprise a detectable label fixably attached thereto.
- the binding agent of any one and/or derivative thereof comprises an effector moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic drug, toxin, diphtheria A chain, exotoxin A chain, ricin A chain, abrin A chain, curcin, crotin, phenomycin, enomycin, and radiochemical) fixably attached thereto.
- an effector moiety e.g., a cytotoxic drug, toxin, diphtheria A chain, exotoxin A chain, ricin A chain, abrin A chain, curcin, crotin, phenomycin, enomycin, and radiochemical fixably attached thereto.
- polynucleotides encoding one or more binding agents are also provided (e.g., as an expression vector).
- Host cells comprising and/or expressing the polypeptide products of such polynucleotides are also provided.
- compositions comprising at least one binding agent or derivative; at least one isolated polynucleo
- This disclosure also provides methods for detecting HIV on a cell, the method comprising contacting a test biological sample with a binding agent or derivative described herein and detecting the binding agent bound to the biological sample or components thereof.
- Such methods may be an in vivo method or an in vitro method.
- the method may comprise comparing the amount of binding to the test biological sample or components thereof to the amount of binding to a control biological sample or components thereof, wherein increased binding to the test biological sample or components thereof relative to the control biological sample or components thereof indicates the presence of a cell expressing HIV polypeptides in the test biological sample (e.g., mammalian blood).
- a kit for detecting the expression of HIV in or on a cell comprising a binding agent or derivative thereof and instructions for use.
- the binding agent and/or derivative thereof is in lyophilized form.
- this disclosure provides methods for treating, preventing and/or ameliorating an infectious disease, cancer and/or autoimmunity in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal at least one effective dose of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a binding agent or derivative thereof.
- the infectious disease is human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
- multiple doses are administered to the animal.
- the binding agent and/or derivative thereof may be administered in a dosage amount of about 1 to 50 mg/kg.
- a subject or a host is meant to be an individual.
- the subject can include domesticated animals, such as cats and dogs, livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, and goats), laboratory animals (e.g., mice, rabbits, rats, guinea pigs) and birds.
- livestock e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, and goats
- laboratory animals e.g., mice, rabbits, rats, guinea pigs
- the subject is a mammal such as a primate or a human.
- composition can comprise a combination means that the composition may comprise a combination of different molecules or may not include a combination such that the description includes both the combination and the absence of the combination (i.e., individual members of the combination).
- Ranges may be expressed herein as from about one particular value, and/or to about another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent about or approximately, it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. Ranges (e.g., 90-100%) are meant to include the range per se as well as each independent value within the range as if each value was individually listed.
- combined or “in combination” or “in conjunction” may refer to a physical combination of agents that are administered together or the use of two or more agents in a regimen (e.g., administered separately, physically and/or in time) for treating, preventing and/or ameliorating a particular disease.
- treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate or derivatives thereof are used herein in connection with a given treatment for a given condition (e.g., preventing cancer infection by HIV), it is meant to convey that the treated patient either does not develop a clinically observable level of the condition at all, or develops it more slowly and/or to a lesser degree than he/she would have absent the treatment.
- a treatment will be said to have prevented the condition if it is given during exposure of a patient to a stimulus that would have been expected to produce a given manifestation of the condition, and results in the patient's experiencing fewer and/or milder symptoms of the condition than otherwise expected.
- a treatment can “prevent” infection by resulting in the patient's displaying only mild overt symptoms of the infection; it does not imply that there must have been no penetration of any cell by the infecting microorganism.
- reduce, reducing, and reduction as used herein in connection with prevention, treatment and/or amelioration of a given condition by a particular treatment typically refers to a subject developing an infection more slowly or to a lesser degree as compared to a control or basal level of developing an infection in the absence of a treatment (e.g., administration of one or more HIV binding agents).
- a reduction in the risk of infection may result in the patient's displaying only mild overt symptoms of the infection or delayed symptoms of infection; it does not imply that there must have been no penetration of any cell by the infecting microorganism.
- HIV-1 lymph node donors for the isolation of broadly neutralizing antibodies.
- broadly neutralizing antibodies capable to broadly neutralize multi-clade HIV-1 isolates
- This analysis resulted in the identificiation of seven (7) patients ( FIG. 1 ) as lymph node donors for the subsequent isolation and characterization of potent broadly neutralizing antibodies.
- donor SA003 was selected for the presence high level of antibodies found to neutralize eight (8) out of nine (9) isolates tested (and for the lack of background activity against the negative control MLV pseudovirus).
- SA003 donor is an Elite Controller with viremia ⁇ 50 HIV RNA copies per ml of plasma (infected with clade B HIV-1).
- Germinal center and Memory IgG B cells from donor SA003 were sorted separately according to IgG (i.e. IgA and IgM negative cells), CD19 and CD38 expression (germinal center B cells are CD38 positive) ( FIG. 2 ) and interrogated for the production of HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies.
- IgG memory B cells and IgG germinal cells were seeded in separate plates as single cell micro-cultures on human feeder cells in the presence of Epstein-Barr Virus (EBV) (which also stimulate polyclonally memory B cells) and a cocktail composed TLR9 agonist CpG-2006, IL-2 (1000 IU/ml), IL-6 (10 ng/ml), IL-21 (10 ng/ml), and anti-BCR goat antibodies (BCR triggerring).
- EBV Epstein-Barr Virus
- IL-2 1000 IU/ml
- IL-6 10 ng/ml
- IL-21 10 ng/ml
- BCR triggerring anti-BCR goat antibodies
- TZM-bl cells Neutralization assays were undertaken on TZM-bl cells.
- HIV-1 pseudoviruses that resulted in an output of 50-100 ⁇ 10 4 relative light units (RLU) were incubated with B cell culture supernatants for 1 h at 37% (5% CO2) before the addition of 3000 TZM-bl cells. These were incubated for a further 72 h, after which supernatant was removed and 15 ⁇ l Steadylite reagent (Perkin Elmer) was added. Luciferase activity was detected 5 min later by reading the plates on a Synergy microplate luminometer (BioTek).
- the supernatants derived from two cultures of germinal center B cells were found able to cross-neutralize both CE1176 and BJOX2000 strains.
- the supernatants from these two cultures were further harvested and tested for their ability to neutralize four (4) pseudoviruses (CE1176, BJOX2000, X1632 and 25710). Of note, one of the two supernatants neutralized all four pseudoviruses.
- the antibody derived from the neutralizing culture was characterized by determining the amino acid and nucleotide sequences of its variable regions (Tables 1 and 5) and the complementarity determining regions (CDRs) therein and termed “LN01”.
- the binding agent termed “LN01” is an IgG3-type fully human monoclonal antibody having the CDR, VH and VL sequences as shown above in Tables 1 and 2.
- This antibody was derived from IGHV4-39*07 and IGKV1-39*01 germline genes, and was highly somatically mutated in variable genes of both heavy chain (28%) and kappa light chain (27%) compared to germ line.
- the LN01 antibody also possessed a long heavy-chain complementarity-determining 3 region (CDR H3) loop composed of 20 amino acids.
- the LN01 VH and VL genes were cloned into IgG1 expression vectors, and the recombinant IgG1 LN01 antibody was produced by transfecting Expi293F cells. The full-length IgG1 LN01 antibody was then purified using a recombinant protein-A column (GE-Healthcare).
- IgG1 LN01 antibody was then tested against the Global Panel of nine (9) HIV-1 reference pseudoviruses on TZM-bl cells. Strikingly, IgG1 LN01 antibody neutralized eight (8) out of nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses with IC 50 values ranging from 0.03 to 1.6 ⁇ g/ml ( FIG. 3 ) and did not neutralize the negative control MLV pseudovirus.
- IgG1 LN01 antibody was subsequently tested on an extended panel of 118 HIV-1 pseudoviruses including clade A, clade B, clade C, clade D, clade G, circulating recombinant forms CRF10_CD, CRF01_AE, CRF02_AG and CRF07_BC and non-circulating recombinants AC and ACD strains.
- IgG1 LN01 antibody broadly neutralized 109 viruses out of 118 with IC50 below 25 ⁇ g/ml, i.e. the 92% of the tested viruses, with a median IC50 of 1.1 ⁇ g/ml ( FIGS. 4 and 5 ). The analysis of the viruses neutralized indicated that LN01 neutralizing activity is not clade-dependent.
- IgG1 LN01 antibody was tested against the Global Panel of nine (9) HIV-1 reference pseudoviruses on parental TZM-bl cells and TZM-bl cells expressing Fc-gamma receptor I (CD64) (Perez, L. G., Costa, M. R., Todd, C. A., Haynes, B. F. & Montefiori, D. C. Utilization of immunoglobulin G Fc receptors by human immunodeficiency virus type 1: a specific role for antibodies against the membrane-proximal external region of gp41. J Virol 83, 7397-7410 (2009)).
- IgG1 LN01 antibody showed potent neutralization against the strain CE0217 using TZM-bl cells expressing Fc-gamma receptor I that was not neutralized by IgG1 LN01 antibody on TZM-bl cells (IC 50 >25 ⁇ g/ml)).
- Fc-gamma receptors are rarely expressed on CD4+ lymphocytes, several additional HIV-1-susceptible cell types express multiple Fc-gamma receptors and are involved in sexual transmission and the early establishment of long-lived viral reservoirs.
- macrophages are among the first infection-susceptible cells that the virus encounters after mucosal exposure, and they are thought to serve as a long-lived virus reservoir in chronic infection.
- Macrophages are well known to express multiple Fc-gamma receptors as well as certain subsets of monocytes and dendritic cells. It is also important to mention that Fc-gamma receptors play a role in regulating adaptive immunity and peripheral tolerance, by facilitating antigen uptake, antigen presentation, cell activation and B cell tolerance.
- IgG1 LN01 antibody In order to better define the specificity of IgG1 LN01 antibody we used a panel of HIV-2/HIV-1 chimeric pseudoviruses containing various segments of the HIV-1 MPER into the parental HIV-2/7312A. IgG1 LN01 antibody did not neutralize the parental HIV-2 7312A strain. Of note, IgG1 LN01 antibody was found to potently neutralize the chimeric virus 7312A.C4 in which only 6 residues from HIV-1 were replaced in the HIV-2 MPER region (LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 65) was replaced into ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO.
- LN01 In order to better define the specificity of LN01 we used a peptide microarray formed by 1423 15-mer peptides, overlapping by 12 amino acids, that cover the full length of the consensus HIV-1 Env gp160 sequences for clades A, B, C, D, group M, CRF01_AE and CRF02_AG.
- the peptides were printed onto 3D-Epoxy glass slides and were analyzed with a GenePix 4000B scanner (Tomaras, G. D. et al. Polyclonal B cell responses to conserved neutralization epitopes in a subset of HIV-1-infected individuals. J Virol 85, 11502-11519 (2011)).
- LN01 was tested at 20 ⁇ g/ml in parallel with a control antibody called 7B2 (that is specific for the immunodominant region of gp41) for binding to the peptide microarray.
- 7B2 that is specific for the immunodominant region of gp41
- the binding of LN01 and 7B2 was detected by incubation with DyLight 649-labeled goat anti-human IgG. Fluorescence intensity was measured using a GenePix 4000B scanner and was analyzed with GenePix software ( FIG. 8 ).
- IgG1 LN01 antibody did not clearly react with any of the peptides in this library, while 7B2 strongly reacted with 190-195 peptides that spanned the gp41 immunodominant region.
- IgG1 LN01 antibody was also tested for binding to soluble, cleaved SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers based on the subtype A transmitted/founder strain, BG505. These trimers are highly stable, homogenous and closely resemble native virus spikes when visualized by negative stain electron microscopy (EM) (Sanders, R. W. et al. A next-generation cleaved, soluble HIV-1 Env trimer, BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140, expresses multiple epitopes for broadly neutralizing but not non-neutralizing antibodies. PLoS Pathog. 9, e1003618 (2013)).
- EM negative stain electron microscopy
- IgG1 LN01 antibody, PGT145 (V1-V2 glycan specific), PGT151 (binding to a site at the interface between gp120 and gp41) and 17b (binding to a CD4 binding induced site) antibodies were tested for binding to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers in the presence or absence of soluble CD4 (sCD4) by surface plasmon resonance (SPR).
- PGT145 and PGT151 antibodies reacted strongly to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers in the presence and absence of sCD4; 17b reacted to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers only in the presence of sCD4.
- LN01 did not react with BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers neither in the presence nor in the absence of sCD4 ( FIG. 9 ).
- IgG1 LN01 antibody in parallel with MPER-specific 10E8 antibody (Huang, J. et al. Broad and potent neutralization of HIV-1 by a gp41-specific human antibody. Nature 491, 406-412 (2012)), was also tested by ELISA against a panel of HIV-1 antigens (ConsB, consensus clade B gp140, 426c, clade C gp140, 426c-NLGS, 426c gp140 where the N-linked glycosylation sites were removed, 426c core, gp140 where the V loops were removed, UG37 gp140, clade A and gp41, recombinant ecto-domain of gp41, amino acids 541-682 from HxB2 strain, Vybion).
- ConsB consensus clade B gp140, 426c, clade C gp140, 426c-NLGS, 426c gp140 where the N-linked glycosylation sites were removed
- IgG1 LN01 antibody was tested against a fusion intermediate gp41 and uncoated plates (PBS), called gp41int (Lai, R. P. J. et al. A fusion intermediate gp41 immunogen elicits neutralizing antibodies to HIV-1. J Biol Chem 289, 29912-29926 (2014)).
- the gp4lint antigen is recognized with high affinity by MPER antibodies 4E10, 2F5 and 10E8. While 10E8 reacted to gp4lint by ELISA, IgG1 LN01 antibody did not react ( FIG. 11 ).
- IgG1 LN01 antibody recognizes a conserved epitope, possibly in the MPER region, that is not readily displayed in any of the antigens tested.
- IgG1 LN01 antibody recognizes its cognate conformational epitope in the C-teminal region of the MPER region when displayed in the prefusion native Env conformation.
- IgG1 LN01 antibody In order to order to better define the specificity of IgG1 LN01 antibody we tested its binding by ELISA to a 28 amino acids long peptide that was used to co-crystallize the MPER-specific antibody 10E8 (Huang et al. Nature 2012). This peptide encompasses the entire 28-residue gp41 MPER (residues 656-683) (sequence RRR-NEQELLELDKWASLWNWFDITNWLYIRRRR (SEQ ID NO.:81). While 10E8 reacted to this MPER peptide avidly, IgG1 LN01 antibody reacted to it very poorly ( FIG. 12 ). These results indicate that IgG1 LN01 antibody recognizes a conserved epitope, possibly in the MPER region, that is not readily displayed in a linear peptide encompassing the entire MPER gp41 region.
- LN01 antibody In order to improve the potency of LN01 antibody we produced a set of variants where we introduced point mutations in the LN01 VH (25 variants) or in VL (15 variants) ( FIG. 13A ). These substitutions were selected based on a predicted surface exposure by replacing the original residues by W or A. Forty (40) LN01 variants were produced recombinantly by combining the mutated VH or VL with the parental VL or VH, respectively. These variants were tested against an initial panel of three HIV-1 strains (CH119, X1632; BJOX and a control virus SVA-MLV).
- LN01 variant 7 showed 39-fold increase in potency as compared to the parental LN01 antibody. These results were confirmed when LN01 variants 7, 8 and 38 were tested in parallel with the parental LN01 antibody against a multiclade panel of 8 viruses ( FIGS. 14A-K ). In this second test the increased potency observed for LN01 variants 7, 8 and 38 was on average 47, 2.3 and 2.7 fold, respectively.
- variants 41, 42, 43, 44, 48 and 50 were synthesized and tested against a panel of seven HIV-1 strains ( FIGS. 15A-B ).
- variants (v) 41, 42, 43 and 44 the D32 residue of the CDR1 of the VH was mutated to either F (v41), Y (v42), L (v43) or I (v44).
- F or Y aromatic resides
- Y (V42) conferring the most significant improvement of on average 3.7-fold
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- AIDS & HIV (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 15/780,821 filed on Jun. 1, 2018 which was filed under 35 U.S.C. § 371 from International Application No. PCT/IB2016/057367 filed on Dec. 5, 2016, which claims priority to U.S. application Ser. No. 62/263,618 filed on Dec. 5, 2015; each of which being hereby incorporated by reference into this disclosure in their entirety.
- This disclosure relates to binding agents with specificity for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), methods for making the same, and to methods for using the same to treat and/or prevent HIV infection.
- As we enter the fourth decade of the HIV epidemic, significant advances have been made in the understanding of HIV pathogenesis and in the development of potent and safe antiviral drugs. More than 30 antiviral drugs have been registered and the impact of combination antiretroviral therapy (ART) on both morbidity and mortality has been remarkable. However, despite the long-term suppression of HIV replication achieved in patients with optimal adherence to ART, HIV invariably rebounds after interruption of therapy. Furthermore, successful therapy does not induce or allow restoration/development of virus-specific immune responses capable of controlling HIV replication in the absence of ART. Thus, life-long ART is needed to control HIV replication and associated disease in the large majority of HIV infected subjects.
- A number of immunological interventions have been investigated in the past and currently being further developed with the goal to achieve HIV functional cure, wherein viral replication is suppressed without sustained antiviral therapy. Therapeutic vaccine strategies have been the primary intervention strategy investigated but the results have shown modest efficacy in experimental animal models and patients with the exception of a CMV-based vector HIV vaccine (50% efficacy in the NHP model). Recent studies have generated interesting results on the possibility of using anti-envelope broad neutralizing antibodies (bNabs) as therapeutic agents in HIV infection.
- There is a need in the art for additional reagents for targeting HIV, especially neutralizing antibodies, and methods for using the same. This disclosure addresses those needs by providing reagents and methods that may be used to target HIV and cells and/or tissues infected by and /or harboring the same.
- In the following a brief description of the appended figures will be given. The figures are intended to illustrate the present invention in more detail. However, they are not intended to limit the subject matter of the invention in any way.
-
FIG. 1 shows the results of neutralization of a panel of nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses from the Global Panel of HIV-1 reference strains by 70 plasma samples from chronically infected patients naïve to antiretroviral therapy. MLV pseudovirus is used as a negative control. Boxed are the seven donors selected for the collection of lymph nodes to isolate potent broadly neutralizing antibodies. Highlighted with the arrow is donor SA003 who was selected for the isolation of the broadly neutralizing antibody described in the present invention. ID50 values indicate the dilution of plasma capable of neutralizing 50% of viral infection.FIG. 1A illustrates exemplary results.FIG. 1B illustrates additional exemplary results.FIG. 1C illustrates additional exemplary results.FIG. 1D illustrates additional exemplary results. -
FIG. 2 shows the gating and sorting strategy used to purify memory and germinal center IgG B cells from lymph node samples. B cells were selected for the expression of the surface marker CD19 and IgG B cells were negatively selected for the lack of IgA and IgM B cell receptor (BCR) expression. Germinal center B cells were further selected for the expression of the CD38 marker (that is absent on memory B cells). -
FIG. 3 shows the results of neutralization of a panel of nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses (and MLV as negative control) from the Global Panel of HIV-1 reference strains by different concentration (in μg/ml) of the monoclonal antibody LN01. IC50 values indicate the concentration of monoclonal antibody capable of neutralizing 50% of viral infection. Error bars indicate the standard deviation of duplicates.FIG. 3A illustrates exemplary results regarding BJOX, CE1176(C), TRO.11 (B), X1632 (G), and CH119 (CRF07_BC).FIG. 3B illustrates additional exemplary results regarding CNE55 (CRF01_AE), 25710 (C), 246F3 (AC), CE0217 (C), and SVA-MLV. -
FIG. 4 shows the results of neutralization of a multi-clade panel of 118 HIV-1 pseudoviruses by the monoclonal antibody LN01. IC50 values indicate the concentration of monoclonal antibody capable of neutralizing 50% of viral infection. -
FIG. 5 shows the distribution of IC50 values on the whole panel of 118 viruses described inFIG. 4 and on individual clades or circulating recombinant forms.FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary results regarding all viruses.FIG. 5B illustrates exemplary results regarding clade A.FIG. 5C illustrates exemplary results regarding clade B.FIG. 5D illustrates exemplary results regarding clade C.FIG. 5E illustrates exemplary results regarding clade D.FIG. 5F illustrates exemplary results regarding clade G.FIG. 5G illustrates exemplary results regarding CRF01_AE.FIG. 5H illustrates exemplary results regarding CRF02_AG.FIG. 51 illustrates exemplary results regarding CRF07_BC.FIG. 5J illustrates exemplary results regarding clades CD, AC and ACD. -
FIG. 6 shows the results of neutralization of a panel of nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses from the Global Panel of HIV-1 reference strains by the monoclonal antibody LN01 when using TZM-bl or TZM-bl expressing Fc gamma Receptor I as target cells. -
FIG. 7 shows the results of neutralization of a panel of seven (7) HIV-2/HIV-1 chimeric pseudoviruses where the HIV-2 (strain 7312A) MPER region is mutagenized by introducing corresponding residues from the MPER consensus sequence of clade B or clade C (in the case of the variant 7312A.C1C) HIV-1 strains. -
FIG. 8 shows the binding of LN01 or 7B2 monoclonal antibodies to an array of 1423 15-mer peptides, overlapping by 12 amino acids, that cover the full length of the consensus HIV-1 Env gp160 sequences for clades A, B, C, D, group M, CRF01_AE and CRF02_AG. Signals below 2.0E+4 are scored as negative. As expected 7B2 reacts with the gp41 immunodominant region (gp41 ID).FIG. 8A illustrates exemplary results regarding LN01 Binding to gp120 Consensus Sequences.FIG. 8B illustrates exemplary results regarding 7B2 Binding to gp120 Consensus Sequences.FIG. 8C illustrates exemplary results regarding LN01 Binding to gp41 Consensus Sequences.FIG. 8D illustrates exemplary results regarding 7B2 Binding to gp41 Consensus Sequences. -
FIG. 9 show the binding, as assessed by surface plasmon resonance, of LN01, PGT145, PGT151 and 17B monoclonal antibodies to the cleaved and soluble HIV-1 Env trimer BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 that expresses multiple epitopes for broadly neutralizing in the presence or absence of soluble CD4 (sCD4). As expected PGT145 (V1-V2 glycan specific) and PGT151 (binding to a site at the interface between gp120 and gp41) bound with high affinity to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 in the absence and presence of sCD4, while 17b (binding to a CD4 binding induced site) bound only in the presence of sCD4.FIG. 9A : LN01.FIG. 9B : PGT145.FIG. 9C : PGT151.FIG. 9D : 17B. -
FIG. 10 show the binding, as measured by ELISA, of LN01 and 10E8 (MPER-specific broadly neutralizing antibody) antibodies to a set of HIV-1 Env antigens and a negative control (Ctr) antigen. 10E8 antibody reacted to the recombinant ecto-domain of gp41 that contains the MPER region.FIG. 10A : 10E8.FIG. 10B : LN01. -
FIG. 11 shows the binding, as measured by ELISA, of LN01 and 10E8 monoclonal antibodies to a fusion intermediate gp41 (gp41int) or uncoated plates as a negative control (PBS). 10E8 antibody reacted to gp41 that contains the MPER region.FIG. 11A : LN01.FIG. 11B : 10E8. -
FIG. 12 shows the binding of mAb 10E8 to the gp41 peptide RRR-NEQELLELDKWASLWNWFDITNWLWYIRRRR (SEQ ID NO. 89). -
FIG. 13 shows the potency of LN01 antibody point mutation variants.FIG. 13A . LN01 VH and VL variants.FIG. 13B . IC50 (μg/ml) of LN01 variants.FIG. 13C . IC50 ratio (IC50 LN01 wt/IC50 LN01 variants (“var.”)). -
FIG. 14 shows testing ofLN01 variants FIG. 14A : Percent (%) neutralization (TRO.11).FIG. 14B : Percent (%) neutralization (246F3).FIG. 14C . Percent (%) neutralization (CH119).FIG. 14D : Percent (%) neutralization (BJOX).FIG. 14E : Percent (%) neutralization (X1632).FIG. 14F : Percent (%) neutralization (25710).FIG. 14G : Percent (%) neutralization (CNE55).FIG. 14H : Percent (%) neutralization (CD1176).FIG. 14I : Percent (%) neutralization (SVA-MLV).FIG. 14J . IC50 (μg/m1).FIG. 14K . IC50 ratio (IC50 LN01 wt/IC50 LN01 variants (“var.”)). -
FIG. 15 shows testing ofLN01 variants 41, 42, 43, 44, 48 and 50 against a multiclade panel of seven viruses.FIG. 15A : IC50 (μg/m1).FIG. 15B : IC50 ratio (IC50 LN01 wt/IC50 LN01 variants (“var.”)). -
FIG. 16 shows testing of LN01 variant 49 against a panel of seven viruses.FIG. 16A : IC50 (μg/m1).FIG. 16B : IC50 ratio (IC50 LN01 wt/IC50 LN01 variants (“var.”)). -
FIG. 17 shows testing of LN01 variant 82 (IC50 (μg/ml)). - This disclosure relates to binding agents with specificity for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), methods for producing such binding agents, as well as methods for using such binding agents to treat, prevent and/or ameliorate HIV infection.
- This disclosure relates to binding agents having binding affinity for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). In some embodiments, the binding agent can bind HIV antigens on viral particles per se or on the surface of cells in vitro and/or in vivo. The binding agents may also bind isolated HIV antigens and/or fragments and/or derivatives thereof, typically in vitro. Also provided are methods for using such binding agents to diagnose, treat, prevent and / or ameliorate one or more diseases associated with HIV. For instance, the binding agents may be antibodies (e.g., monoclonal antibodies) that may react with and/or bind to the epitopes of HIV or polypeptides thereof. The binding agents may be useful for treating disease caused by HIV, such as Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS). In some embodiments, the binding agents described herein may selectively target and/or eliminate HIV and/or HIV-infected cells containing HIV (e.g., replication competent HIV) and/or expressing proteins thereof. In some embodiments, such cells may be reservoirs for replication competent HIV. In some embodiments, binding agents having, for instance, different specificities (e.g., recognizing different epitopes) may be combined to HIV activity such as infection, replication and/or spread to other cells. In some embodiments, the binding agents described herein may also provide for the selective elimination and/or suppression of HIV or HIV-expressing cells. In some embodiments, the binding agents described herein may be used to supress and/or eliminate HIV and/or HIV-expressing cells to treat, for instance, HIV infection and/or AIDS. Other embodiments, uses and the like are described below.
- The binding agents may be antibodies such as monoclonal antibodies. As shown in the examples herein, the techniques discussed below have been used to identify a fully human mAb termed “LN01”, having particular characteristics that are described herein and shown in the examples. The LN01 antibody was isolated and the amino acid sequences of variable heavy (VH) and light (VL) chain domains of said antibody determined. A binding agent such as LN01 may identified by referencing the amino acid and/or nucleic acid sequences corresponding to the variability and/or complementarity determining regions (“CDRs”) thereof. A CDR comprises amino acid residues within the variable region identified in accordance with the definitions of the Kabat, Chothia, the accumulation of both Kabat and Chothia, AbM, contact, and/or conformational definitions or any method of CDR determination well known in the art. antibody modeling software (now Accelrys®), or the “contact definition” of CDRs based on observed antigen contacts described by MacCallum et al., 1996, J. Mol. Biol., 262:732-745. In the “conformational definition” of CDRs, the positions of the CDRs may be identified as the residues that make enthalpic contributions to antigen binding (Makabe et al., 2008, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 283:1156-1166). Still other CDR boundary definitions may not strictly follow one of the above approaches, but may nonetheless overlap with at least a portion of the Kabat CDRs, although they may be shortened or lengthened in light of prediction or experimental findings that particular residues or groups of residues or even entire CDRs do not significantly impact antigen binding. As used herein, a CDR may refer to CDRs defined by any approach known in the art, including combinations of approaches. The methods used herein may utilize CDRs defined according to any of these approaches. For any given embodiment containing more than one CDR, the CDRs may be defined in accordance with any of Kabat, Chothia, extended, AbM, contact, and/or conformational definitions.
- The amino acid sequences of the heavy chain CDRs (CDRH1, CDRH2, CDRH3), light chain CDRs (CDRL1, CDRL2 (and CDRL2 long), CDRL3), VH and VL domains of LN01 and certain exemplary variants thereof are shown in Table 1 below.
-
TABLE 1 SEQ ID Amino Acid Sequence LN01 region NO. (one letter code) LN01 CDRH1 1 GDSVSNDNYY LN01 CDRH2 2 IYYSGTT LN01 CDRH3 3 VRMPSHGFWSTSFSYWYFDL LN01 CDRL1 4 QSVTKY LN01 CDRL2 — GTY LN01 CDRL2 (long) 5 LIYGTYTLL LN01 CDRL3 6 QQAHSTPWT LN01 Variable Heavy 7 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSLTCRVSGDSVSNDN (VH) (CDRH1, YYWAWIRQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTYYNPSLRN CDRH2 and CDRH3 RVTISLDKSVNVVSLRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP underlined) SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGRGHFVAVSW LN01 Variable Light 8 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTITCRASQSVTKYLN (VL) (CDRL1, CDRL2 WYQFKTGQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPRFSGAGSG and CDRL3 SLYTLTITNIQPEDFATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQGT underlined) HVAAN LN01 variant 7 9 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSLTCRVSGDSVSNW Variable Heavy (VH) NYYWAWIRQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTYYNPSLR (CDRH1, CDRH2 NRVTISLDKSVNVVSLRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRM and CDRH3 PSHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGRGHFVAVSW underlined) LN01 variant 7 10 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTITCRASQSVTKYLN Variable Light (VL) WYQFKTGQAPRILIYGTYFTLLSGVSPRFSGAGSG (CDRL1, CDRL2 and SLYTLTITNIQPEDFATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQGT CDRL3 underlined) HVAAN LN01 variant 8 11 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSLTCRVSGDSVSND Variable Heavy (VH) WYYWAWIRQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTYYNPSLR (CDRH1, CDRH2 NRVTISLDKSVNVVSLRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRM and CDRH3 PSHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGRGHFVAVSW underlined) LN01 variant 8 12 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTITCRASQSVTKYLN Variable Light (VL) WYQFKTGQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPRFSGAGSG (CDRL1, CDRL2 and SLYTLTITNIQPEDFATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQGT CDRL3 underlined) HVAAN LN01 variant 38 13 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSLTCRVSGDSVSNDN Variable Heavy (VH) YYWAWIRQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTYYNPSLRN (CDRH1, CDRH2 RVTISLDKSVNVVSLRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP and CDRH3 SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGRGHFVAVSW underlined) LN01 variant 38 14 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTITCRASQSVTKYLN Variable Light (VL) WYQFKTGQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPRFSGAGWG (CDRL1, CDRL2 and SLYTLTITNIQPEDFATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQGT CDRL3 underlined) HVAAN LN01 variant 41 15 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSLTCRVSGDSVSNFN Variable Heavy (VH) YYWAWIRQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTYYNPSLRN (CDRH1, CDRH2 RVTISLDKSVNVVSLRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP and CDRH3 SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGRGHFVAVSW underlined) LN01 variant 41 16 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTITCRASQSVTKYLN Variable Light (VL) WYQFKTGQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPRFSGAGSG (CDRL1, CDRL2 and SLYTLTITNIQPEDFATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQGT CDRL3 underlined) HVAAN LN01 variant 42 17 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSLTCRVSGDSVSNYN Variable Heavy (VH) YYWAWIRQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTYYNPSLRN (CDRH1, CDRH2 RVTISLDKSVNVVSLRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP and CDRH3 SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGRGHFVAVSW underlined) LN01 variant 42 18 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTITCRASQSVTKY LN Variable Light (VL) WYQFKTGQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPRFSGAGSG (CDRL1, CDRL2 and SLYTLTITNIQPEDFATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQGT CDRL3 underlined) HVAAN LN01 variant 48 19 QLQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGDSVSNWN Variable Heavy (VH) YYWAWIRQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTYYNPSLRN (CDRH1, CDRH2 RVTISLDKSVNVVSLRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP and CDRH3 SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGRGTLVTVSS underlined) LN01 variant 48 20 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTITCRASQSVTKYLN Variable Light (Vl) WYQFKTGQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPRFSGAGSG (CDRL1, CDRL2 and SLYTLTITNIQPEDFATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQGT CDRL3 underlined) HVAAN LN01 variant 49 21 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSLTCRVSGDSVSNW Variable Heavy (VH) WYYWAWIRQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTYYNPSLR (CDRH1, CDRH2 NRVTISLDKSVNVVSLRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRM and CDRH3 PSHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGRGHFVAVSW underlined) LN01 variant 49 22 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTITCRASQSVTKYLN Variable Light (VL) WYQFKTGQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPRFSGAGSG (CDRL1, CDRL2 and SLYTLTITNIQPEDFATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQGT CDRL3 underlined) HVAAN LN01 variant 82 23 QVQLEESGPGLVQPWGTLSLTCRVSGGSISSSS Variable Heavy (VH) YYWAWIRQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTYYNPSLRN (CDRH1, CDRH2 RVTISLDKSVNVVSLRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP and CDRH3 SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGRGHFVAVSW underlined) LN01 variant 82 24 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTITCRASQSVTKYLN Variable Light (VL) WYQFKTGQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPRFSGAGSG (CDRL1, CDRL2 and SLYTLTITNIQPEDFATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQGT CDRL3 underlined) HVAAN LN01 variants 7 and 25 GDSVSNWNYY 48 Variable Heavy (VH) CDRH1 LN01 variant 8 26 GDSVSNDWYY Variable Heavy (VH) CDRH1 LN01 variant 41 27 GDSVSNFNYY Variable Heavy (VH) CDRH1 LN01 variant 42 28 GDSVSNYNYY Variable Heavy (VH) CDRH1 LN01 variant 43 29 GDSVSNLNYY Variable Heavy (VH) CDRH1 LN01 variant 44 30 GDSVSNINYY Variable Heavy (VH) CDRH1 LN01 variant 49 31 GDSVSNWWYY Variable Heavy (VH) CDRH1 LN01 variant 82 32 GSISSSSYY Variable Heavy (VH) CDRH1 - A binding agent of this disclosure may comprise, for example, any one or more of the amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 (i.e., any one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 or GTY (LN01 CDRL2)). Fragments and/or derivatives (e.g., comprising substituted amino acids, such as conservative substitutions) thereof are also disclosed. An exemplary derivative of the LN01 antibody (an IgG3 antibody), for instance, is termed “IgG1 LN01” in which the LN01 variable regions were cloned into an IgG1 backbone. In some embodiments, then, a binding agent of this disclosure may comprise one or more (i.e., one, two, three, four, five, six or seven) of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32. In some embodiments, it is preferred that the binding agent comprise each of SEQ ID NOS. 1-6 and or GTY (LN01 CDRL2). In some embodiments, such a binding agent may comprise SEQ ID NO. 7 and/or SEQ ID NO. 8; SEQ NOS. 9 and/or 10; SEQ NOS. 11 and/or 12; SEQ NOS. 13 and/or 14; SEQ NOS. 15 and/or 16; SEQ NOS. 17 and/or 18; SEQ NOS. 19 and/or 20; SEQ NOS. 21 and/or 22; or SEQ NOS. 23 and/or 24; or a conservatively substituted variant thereof. In preferred embodiments, the binding agent comprises SEQ ID NO. 7 and SEQ ID NO. 8; SEQ NOS. 9 and 10; SEQ NOS. 11 and 12; SEQ NOS. 13 and 14; SEQ NOS. 15 and 16; SEQ NOS. 17 and 18; SEQ NOS. 19 and 20; SEQ NOS. 21 and 22; or SEQ NOS. 23 and 24; or a conservatively substituted variant thereof. In some embodiments, the binding agent may comprise any of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 comprising one or more amino acid substitutions, in particular conservative substitutions (see, e.g., Table 2). Exemplary variants of SEQ ID NO.:1 (LN01 CDR H1) include, for instance, any of SEQ ID NOS. 25-32. In some embodiments, the binding agent may be a monoclonal antibody or a fragment or derivative thereof. In some embodiments, the binding agent may be an HIV-binding fragment of such a monoclonal antibody. Such embodiments would typically include at least one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32, and preferably include each of SEQ ID NOS. 1-6 (or GTY (LN01 CDRL2) such as SEQ ID NOS. 7-8; SEQ ID NO. 25 (
LN01 variants 7 and 48 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO. 26 (LN01 variant 8 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO. 27 (LN01 variant 41 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO. 28 (LN01 variant 42 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO. 29 (LN01 variant 43 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO. 30 (LN01 variant 44 CDR H1); SEQ ID NO. 31 (LN01 variant 49, a combination ofLN01 variant 7 CDR H1 andLN01 variant 8 CDR H1); or SEQ ID NO. 32 (LN01 variant 82 CDR H1). In some embodiments, it may be beneficial to avoid variants comprising a variable heavy chain region comprising SEQ ID NO. 70 or 71 (LN01 variants amino acid 8 of SEQ ID NO. 72 (LN01 variant 18); alanine (A) at an amino acid corresponding toamino acid 9 of SEQ ID NO. 73 (LN01 variant 19); tryptophan (W) at an amino acid corresponding toamino acid 10 of SEQ ID NO. 74 (LN01 variant 20); tryptophan (W) at an amino acid corresponding toamino acid 11 of SEQ ID NO. 75 (LN01 variant 21); tryptophan (W) at an amino acid corresponding toamino acid 12 of SEQ ID NO. 76 (LN01 variant 22); tryptophan (W) at an amino acid corresponding toamino acid 14 of SEQ ID NO. 77 (LN01 variant 23); tryptophan (W) at an amino acid corresponding toamino acid 15 of SEQ ID NO. 78 (LN01 variant 24); a variable light chain region comprising SEQ ID NO. 79 or 80 (LN01 variants 32 and 33, respectively); tryptophan (W) at an amino acid corresponding toamino acid 5 of SEQ ID NO. 79 (LN01 variant 32); and/or, tryptophan (W) at an amino acid corresponding to amino acid 6 of SEQ ID NO. 80 (LN01 variant 33), as these may not provide suitable HIV neutralizing activity. Thus, in some embodiments, the binding agent may comprise any of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 but not those of any one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 70-80. Other suitable embodiments may be derived by those of ordinary skill in the art from this disclosure. - It is preferred that the binding agent (e.g., antibody, or the antigen binding fragment thereof), comprises one or more amino acid sequences having at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 88%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98% or at least 99% identity to at least one of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 (i.e., the CDR sequences, the VH sequence and/or the VL sequence shown in Table 1). In some embodiments, that percent identity is with respect to an amino acid sequence of at least three amino acids (e.g., as in GTY of LN01 CDRL2), six amino acids (e.g., as in LN01 CDRL1 (SEQ ID NO.:4)), seven amino acids (e.g., as in LN01 CDRH2 (SEQ ID NO.:2)), nine amino acids (e.g., as in LN01 CDRL2 (long), (SEQ ID NO.:5), LN01 CDRL3 (SEQ ID NO.:6),
LN01 variant 82 CDRH1 (SEQ ID NO. 32)), ten amino acids (e.g., as in LN01 CDRH1 (SEQ ID NO.:1) or any of SEQ ID NOS. 25-31), or twenty amino acids (e.g., as in LN01 CDRH3 (SEQ ID NO.:3). As discussed below, identities of less than 100% may result from the natural or synthetic substitution of one or more amino acids with another amino acid(s), as in a conservative substitution (see, e.g., Table 2). Various combinations of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 may be useful as may ascertained by one of ordinary skill in the art using the techniques described herein or as may be otherwise available to those of ordinary skill in the art. In preferred embodiments, the binding agent binds HIV and/or cells infected by HIV and/or expressing HIV proteins. In some especially preferred embodiments, the binding agent neutralizes HIV as described herein. In preferred embodiments, the binding agent both binds HIV and/or cells infected by HIV and/or expressing HIV proteins, and neutralizes HIV. - The variable region and/or CDR sequences (e.g., of Table 1) may be used in combination with one or more other variable region/CDR amino acid sequences available to those of ordinary skill in the art. Such variable region/CDR amino acid sequences may alternatively and/or also be adjoined to one or more types of constant region polypeptides of an antibody molecule. For instance, the CDR amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 may be adjoined to or associated with the constant regions of any antibody molecule of the same or a different species (e.g., human, goat, rat, sheep, chicken) and/or antibody subtype of that from which the CDR amino acid sequence was derived. For instance, an exemplary binding agent may be, or may be derived from, one having about the same neutralizing activity and/or binding the same or similar epitopes and/or exhibiting about the same affinity as another binding agent comprising one or more of the amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 (e.g., LN01 and IgG1 LN01). The binding agent may comprise an antibody heavy and/or a light chain that each comprises one or more constant and/or variable regions. Any of the amino acid sequences described herein (e.g, as in Table 1), and/or any fragments and/or derivatives thereof, may also be combined with any other variable region and/or CDR in any order and/or combination to form new binding agents, e.g., hybrid and/or fusion binding agents, and/or inserted into other heavy and/or light chain variable regions using standard techniques.
- This disclosure also provides for the use of such binding agents to isolate, identify, and/or target HIV and/or cells harboring and/or infected by HIV and/or expressing HIV antigens. In certain embodiments, such binding agents may be reactive against HIV antigens such as proteins expressed on the surface of cells. In some embodiments, the binding agent(s) is an antibody (antibodies). The term “antibody” or “antibodies” may refer to whole or fragmented antibodies in unpurified or partially purified form (e.g., hybridoma supernatant, ascites, polyclonal antisera) or in purified form. The antibodies may be of any suitable origin or form including, for example, murine (e.g., produced by murine hybridoma cells), or expressed as humanized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, human antibodies, and the like. For instance, antibodies may be wholly or partially dervied from human (e.g., IgG (IgG1, IgG2, IgG2a, Ig2b, IgG3, IgG4), IgM, IgA (IgA1 and IgA2), IgD, and IgE), canine (e.g., IgGA, IgGB, IgGC, IgGD), chicken (e.g., IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, IgM, IgY), goat (e.g., IgG), mouse (e.g., IgG, IgD, IgE, IgG, IgM), pig (e.g., IgG, IgD, IgE, IgG, IgM), and/or rat (e.g., IgG, IgD, IgE, IgG, IgM) antibodies, for instance. Methods of preparing, utilizing and storing various types of antibodies are well-known to those of skill in the art and would be suitable in practicing the present invention (see, for example, Harlow, et al. Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988; Harlow, et al. Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Portable Protocol No. 1, 1998; Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256:495 (1975)); Jones et al. Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al. Nature, 332:323-329 (1988); Presta (Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 2:593-596 (1992); Verhoeyen et al. (Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988); Hoogenboom et al., J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581 (1991); Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985); Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147(1):86-95 (1991); Marks et al., Bio/
Technology 10, 779-783 (1992); Lonberg et al., Nature 368 856-859 (1994); Morrison, Nature 368 812-13 (1994); Fishwild et al.,Nature Biotechnology 14, 845-51 (1996); Neuberger,Nature Biotechnology 14, 826 (1996); Lonberg and Huszar, Intern. Rev. Immunol. 13 65-93 (1995); as well as U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,816,567; 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; and, 5,661,016). In certain applications, the antibodies may be contained within hybridoma supernatant or ascites and utilized either directly as such or following concentration using standard techniques. In other applications, the antibodies may be further purified using, for example, salt fractionation and ion exchange chromatography, or affinity chromatography using Protein A, Protein G, Protein A/G, and/or Protein L ligands covalently coupled to a solid support such as agarose beads, or combinations of these techniques. The antibodies may be stored in any suitable format, including as a frozen preparation (e.g., −20° C. or −70° C.), in lyophilized form, or under normal refrigeration conditions (e.g., 4° C.). When stored in liquid form, for instance, it is preferred that a suitable buffer such as Tris-buffered saline (TBS) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS) is utilized. In some embodiments, the binding agent may be prepared as an injectable preparation, such as in suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent. Suitable vehicles and solvents that may be utilized include water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution, TBS and/or PBS, among others. Such preparations may be suitable for use in vitro or in vivo may be prepared as is known in the art and the exact preparation may depend on the particular application. - The binding agents described herein are not, however, in any way limited to antibodies (i.e., whole antibodies). For example, the binding agent may be any compound exhibiting similar binding properties as another (e.g., a mimetic). For example, an exemplary binding agent may be one that binds HIV and/or can compete with another binding agent having specificity therefor (e.g., a monoclonal antibody such as LN01). In some embodiments, the mimetic may exhibit substantially the same affinity in binding assays as the binding agent (e.g., monoclonal antibody) to which it is being compared. The affinity a particular binding agent may be measured by any suitable assay including but not limited to FACS staining of cell surface HIV antigens (e.g., polypeptides). One binding agent may be said to have “substantially the same affinity” as another where the measurements (e.g., nm) are within about any of 1-20,1-5,5-10,10-15, or 15-20 percent of one another. Exemplary mimetics may include, for example, organic compounds that specifically bind HIV, or an affibody (Nygren, et al. FEBS J. 275 (11): 2668-76 (2008)), affilin (Ebersbach, et al. J. Mol. Biol. 372 (1): 172-85 (2007)), affitin (Krehenbrink, et al. J. Mol. Biol. 383 (5): 1058-68 (2008)), anticalin (Skerra, A. FEBS J. 275 (11): 2677-83 (2008)), avimer (Silverman, et al. Nat. Biotechnol. 23 (12): 1556-61 (2005)), DARPin (Stumpp, et al. Drug Discov. Today 13 (15-16): 695-701 (2008)), Fynomer (Grabulovski, et al. J. Biol. Chem. 282 (5): 3196-3204 (2007)), Kunitz domain peptide (Nixon, et al. Curr. Opin. Drug Discov. Devel. 9 (2): 261-8 (2006)), and/or a monobody (Koide, et al. Methods Mol. Biol. 352: 95-109 (2007)). Other mimetics may include, for example, a derivative of an antibody such as, for example, an Fab, Fab2, Fab′ single chain antibody, Fv, single domain antibody, mono-specific antibody, bi-specific antibody, tri-specific antibody, multi-valent antibody, chimeric antibody, canine-human chimeric antibody, canine-mouse chimeric antibody, antibody comprising a canine Fc, humanized antibody, human antibody, caninized, CDR-grafted antibody (i.e., comprising any of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 shown in Table 1), shark antibody, nanobody, canelid antibody, microbody, and/or intrabody, or derivative thereof. Other binding agents are also provided herein as would be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- Any method known to those of ordinary skill in the art may be used to generate binding agents having specificity for (e.g., binding to) HIV. For instance, to generate and isolate monoclonal antibodies an animal such as a mouse may be administered (e.g., immunized) with one or more HIV proteins. Animals exhibiting serum reactivity to HIV expressed on activated human T lymphocytes (as determined by, for instance, flow cytometry and/or microscopy) may then be selected for generation of anti-HIV hybridoma cell lines. This may be repeated for multiple rounds. Screening may also include, for instance, affinity binding and/or functional characterization to identify the binding agent as an being specific for HIV. In some embodiments, such as in the Examples herein, human beings may be screened for the expression of antibodies against HIV. In some embodiments, plasma samples of human beings infected by HIV may be screened to identify persons expressing anti-HIV antibodies, and in particular, neutralizing antibodies. Neutralizing antibody-producing cells of such persons may then be isolated, followed by the isolation and characterization of the antibodies produced thereby (e.g., as in the examples herein). A neutralizing antibody may be one that exhibits the ability to neutralize, or inhibit, infection of cells by HIV. In general, a neutralization assay typically measures the loss of infectivity of the virus through reaction of the virus with specific antibodies. Typically, a loss of infectivity is caused by interference by the bound antibody with any of the virus replication steps including but not limited to binding to target cells, entry, and/or viral release. The presence of unneutralized virus is detected after a predetermined amount of time, e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 12 or 14 days, by measuring the infection of target cells using any of the systems available to those of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., a luciferase-based system). A non-limiting example of a neutralization assay may include combining a given amount of a virus or pseudovirus (see below) and different concentrations of the test or control (typically positive and negative controls assayed separately) antibody or antibodies are mixed under appropriate conditions (e.g., one (1) hour at room temperature) and then inoculated into an appropriate target cell culture (e.g., TZM-bl cells). For instance, binding agent-producing cells (e.g., B cells producing antibodies) may be assayed for the production of HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies by seeding such cells in separate plates as single cell micro-cultures on human feeder cells in the presence of Epstein-Barr Virus (EBV) (which also stimulate polyclonally memory B cells), a cocktail of growth factors (e.g., TLR9 agonist CpG-2006, IL-2 (1000 IU/ml), IL-6 (10 ng/ml), IL-21 (10 ng/ml), and anti-B cell receptor (BCR) goat antibodies (which trigger BCRs). After an appropriate time (e.g., 14 days), supernatants of such cultures may tested in a primary luciferase-based screening system using two or more representative HIV-1 viruses or pseudoviruses that productively infect such cells. The pseudoviruses may be incubated with B cell culture supernatants for an appropriate time and temperature (e.g., one (1) h at 37% (5% CO2)) before the addition of host cells (e.g., 3000 TZM-bl cells). Incubation for an appropriate time (e.g., 72 hours) may then follow, after which the supernatant may be removed and Steadylite reagent (Perkin Elmer) added (e.g., 15 μl). Luciferase activity may then deteremined (e.g., five minutes later) on a Synergy microplate luminometer (BioTek). Decreased luciferase activity relative to a negative control typically indicates virus neutralization. Neutralization assays such as these, suitable for analyzing binding agents of this disclosure, are known in the art (see, e.g., Montefiori, D. C. Curr. Protocol. Immunol.
Chapter 12, Unit 12.11 (2005); Edmonds, et al. Virology, 408(1): 1-13 (2010); Seaman, et al. J. Virol. 84(3): 1439-1452 (2010); Pace, et al. PNAS USA, 110(33): 13540-13545 (2013)). In some embodiments, test samples may be screened for the presence of antibodies able to neutralize a panel of HIV pseudoviruses (e.g., nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses from the Global Panel of HIV-1 reference strains as conducted in the examples herein (those pseudoviruses being BJOX (CRF007_BC), CE1176 (C), TRO.11 (B), X1632 (G), CH119 (CRF07_BC), CNE55 (CRF01_AE), 25710 (C), 246F3 (AC), CE0217 (C)); DeCamp, A. et al. Global panel of HIV-1 Env reference strains for standardized assessments of vaccine-elicited neutralizing antibodies. J Virol 88, 2489-2507 (2014)). Neutralization of a larger panel of psuedoviruses may also be tested; for instance, de Camp et al. describe a group of 12 pseudoviruses (also known as HIV-1 Env Reference Strains): 398F1, 25710, CNE8, TRO11, X2278, BJOX2000, X1632, CE1176, 246F3, CH119, CE0217, and CNE55. In some embodiments, a panel of ten HIV isolates may be tested and a BNA may be identified as one that neutralizes six, seven, eight, nine members of a panel of nine pseudoviruses; or six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 11 or 12 members of a panel of 12 pseudoviruses. Screening of larger panels of such pseudoviruses (e.g., a panel of 118 pseudoviruses as in the examples herein) may also be carried out. An exemplary panel of 118 pseudoviruses used in the examples against which test samples may be tested for neutralizing antibodies may include, for instance, those shown inFIG. 4 (including clade A, clade B, clade C, clade D, clade G, circulating recombinant forms CRF10_CD, CRF10_AE, CRF02_AG and CRF07_BC, as well as non-circulating recombinants AC and ACD strains). In some embodiments, neutralization may be determined as a measure of the concentration (e.g., μg/ml) of monoclonal antibody capable of neutralizing any of about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of viral infection (an “IC50” value). In some embodiments, a binding agent may be considered neutralizing if it is able to neutralize 50% of viral infection at a concentration of, for instance, about any of 10−5, 10−4, 10−3, 10−2, 10−1, 100, 101, 102, or 103 μg/ml (an IC50 value as shown in inFIG. 3 ). In some embodiments, as in the Examples herein, it is preferred that this IC50 value be below 25 μg/ml, and even more preferably below about any of 15, 10, 5, 2, 1, 0.5, 0.25, 0.1, 0.05, or 0.01 μg/ml. In preferred embodiments, as for the LN01 antibody described herein, the IC50 value may be less than 0.011 (e.g.,FIG. 7 ). In some embodiments, the ability of a neutralizing antibody to neutralize viral infection may also be expressed as a percent neutralization (e.g., 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99% (e.g., as inFIG. 3 )). Other measures of neutralization may also be suitable as may be determined by those of ordinary skill in the art. - In some embodiments, the binding agents described herein may be broadly neutralizing antibodies (BNAs) identified in biological samples (e.g., plasma) obtained from HIV-infected persons. As mentioned above and shown in the examples herein, such BNAs may be identified by testing plasma samples of patients chronically infected by HIV (preferably those naïve to antiretroviral therapy) for the ability to neutralize multi-clade HIV isolates (e.g., initially using a nine or 12-member panel and then a larger panel (e.g., 118 members) of pseudoviruses)). In some embodiments, the samples may be derived from patients known to be “Elite Controllers” with viremia <50 HIV RNA copies per ml of plasma. Screening procedures such as these may result in the identification of patients that may serve as lymph node donors for the subsequent isolation and characterization of B cells producing BNAs. In carrying out such screening assays, neutralizing activity is typically compared to a negative control such as murine leukemia virus (MLV) pseudovirus.
- In some embodiments, germinal center and memory IgG B cells of patients expressing neutralizing binding agents (e.g., antibodies) may be isolated and further studied. In some embodiments, the cells may be sorted separately according to IgG (e.g., IgA and IgM negative cells), CD19, and CD38 expression (germinal center B cells are CD38 positive) (see, e.g.,
FIG. 2 ) and interrogated for the production of HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies. For instance, highly pure IgG memory B cells and IgG germinal cells may be seeded in separate plates as single cell micro-cultures on human feeder cells in the presence of Epstein-Barr Virus (EBV) (which also stimulate polyclonally memory B cells) and a cocktail of growth factors and the like (e.g., composed TLR9 agonist CpG-2006, IL-2 (1000 IU/m1), IL-6 (10 ng/ml), IL-21 (10 ng/ml), and anti-BCR goat antibodies (B cell receptor (BCR) triggerring)). Supernatants of such cultures (e.g., fromday 14 cultures) may then be tested in a primary screening (e.g., using a 384-well based HIV-1 pseudoviruses neutralization assay using in parallel two strains, CE1176 and BJOX2000, representative of clade C and CRF07, as shown in the examples herein). Neutralization assays may be carried out using any suitable host cells (e.g., TZM-bl cells (Seaman, et al. J. Virol. 84(3): 1439-52 (2010); NIH AIDS Reagent Program Catalog Number 8129)). HIV-1 pseudoviruses resulting in a significant output relative light units (RLU) (e.g., of 50-100×104 RLU) (i.e., indicating productive infection of cells) may then incubated with B cell culture supernatants for an appropriate time and temperature (e.g., one (1) h at 37% (5% CO2)) before the addition of host cells (e.g., 3000 TZM-bl cells). Incubation for an appropriate time (e.g., 72 hours) typically follows, after which the supernatant may be removed and Steadylite reagent (Perkin Elmer) added (e.g., 15 μl). Luciferase activity may then detected (e.g., five minutes later) on a Synergy microplate luminometer (BioTek). Decreased luciferase activity indicates a lesser amount of virus being released by the cells and virus neutralization. For instance, if the base RLU for a particular psuedovirus is 50-100×104 RLU, a neutralizing antibody may be determined to decrease the RLU for that pseudovirus to 25-50×104 RLU (i.e., a 50% decrease), or less. Using such systems, supernatants capable of cross-neutralizing strains may be identified, further harvested, and tested for their ability to neutralize other pseudoviruses. - The antibodies derived from such neutralizing antibody-containing cultures may then be further characterized by determining the amino acid and nucleotide sequences of the antibody variable and complementarity determining regions (CDRs) regions. Using these techinques, the HIV-neutralizing binding agent termed “LN01” was identified as an IgG3-type fully human monoclonal antibody having the CDR, VH and VL sequences shown in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS. 1-7 and/or GTY). LN01 was determined to be derived from the IGHV4-39*07 and IGKV1-39*01 germline genes and highly somatically mutated in variable genes of both heavy chain (28%) and kappa light chain (27%) compared to germ line. LN01 was also found to possess a long heavy-chain complementarity-determining 3 region (“CDR H3”) loop composed of 20 amino acids. In some embodiments, the variable heavy chain (VH) and variable light chain (VL) genes of a binding agent may then be cloned into an IgG expression vector of the same or a different isotype. As shown in the examples, for instance, nucleic acids encoding LN01 CDRs (Table 3) were cloned into IgG1 backbone, and the recombinant IgG1-based antibody (IgG1 LN01) was produced by transfecting appropriate host cells (e.g., Expi293F cells). The antibody full-length IgG1-based antibody may then be purified using standard techniques (e.g., a full-length IgG1-based antibody may be purified using a recombinant protein-A column (GE-Healthcare)). The recombinantly-produced IgG1 antibody may then be tested against any of a panel of pseudoviruses such as any of those described herein (e.g., the Global Panel of nine (9) HIV-1 reference pseudoviruses used in the examples) on an appropriate host cell (e.g., TZM-bl cells). In preferred embodiments, the binding agent will exhibit the ability to neutralize a majority (i.e., at least about 50% or greater) of the pseudovirus panel members (e.g., comprising nine, 12 or 118 members) without neutralizing a negative control virus (e.g., MLV pseudovirus). It is preferred that the binding agent exhibit the ability to neutralize a majority of such viruses (e.g., neutralization of greater than about 50%, such as any of about 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, or 100%) with IC50 values considered neutralizing (see below). For example, in some embodiments, a binding agent of this disclosure may exhibit neutralization of HIV-1 pseudoviruses BJOX (CRF07_BC), CE1176, TRO.11 (B), X1632 (G), CH119 (CRF07_BC), CNE55 (CRF01_AE), 25710 (C), CD0217(C) but not of the control virus SVA-MLV at about 100 μg/ml or less (
FIG. 3 ). In some embodiments, neutralization of the HIV-1 pseudoviruses viruses may be observed where the antibody concentration is from 102-100 μg/ml, or between 100-101 μg,/ml (FIG. 3 ). In some such embodiments, the percent neutralization by the binding agent is at least about 50% (FIG. 3 ). In some embodiments, infection of one HIV-1 isolate is considered neutralized by a binding agent (e.g., antibody) at an IC50 of less than 25 μg/ml, if infection of at least one isolate of this isolate is neutralized with an IC50 of less than 25 μg/ml. In some embodiments, the binding agent may be considered neutralizing where a majority of the 118 HIV-1 pseudoviruses listed inFIG. 4 are considered neutralized at an IC50 of less than 25 μg/ml, such as about 10 μg/ml, 9 μg/ml, 8 μg/ml, 7 μg/ml, 6 μg/ml, 5 μg/ml, 4 μg/ml, 3 μg/ml, 2 μg/ml, 1 μg/ml, 0.9 μg/ml, 0.8 μg/ml, 0.7 μg/ml, 0.6 μg/ml, 0.5 μg/ml, 0.4 μg/ml, 0.3 μg/ml, 0.2 μg/ml, 0.1 μg/ml, 0.09 μg/ml, 0.08 μg/ml, 0.07 μg/ml, 0.06 μg/ml, 0.05 μg/ml, 0.04 μg/ml, 0.03 μg/ml, 0.02 μg/ml, or 0.01 μg/ml. In preferred embodiments, the binding agent may neutralize HIV-1 pseudovirus strains of ID 6535.3, QH0692.42, SC422661.8, PVO.4, TRO.11, PEJ04541.67, WIT04160.33, 1006_11_C3_1601, 1054_07_TC4_1499, 1056_TA11_1826, 1012_11_TC21_3257, 6244_13_B5_4576, SC05_8C11_2344, Du156.12, Du172.17, Du422.1, ZM197M.PB7, ZM214M.PL15, ZM233M.PB6, ZM249M.PL1, ZM109F.PB4, ZM135M.PL10a, HIV-0013095-2.11, HIV-16055-2.3, HIV-16845-2.22, Ce1086_B2, Ce1176_A3, Ce0682_E4, Ce1172_H1, ZM247v1(Rev-), 3016.v5.c45, A07412M1.vrc12, 231966.c02, CNE20, CNE21, CNE17, CNE30, CNE53, CNE58, 9004SS_A3_4, 928-28, 263-8, T255-34, 211-9, 235-47, CNE8, C1080.c03, R2184.c04, R1166.c01, C2101.c3347.c11, BJOX015000.11.5, BJOXX010000.06.2, BJOX025000.01.1, BJOX028000.10.3, X1193_c1, X2131_C1_B5, P1981_C5_3, 6952.v1.c20, and 0815.v3.c3 at an IC50 of less than or about 1 μg/ml (FIG. 4 ). - In some preferred embodiments, the binding agent may neutralize HIV-1 pseudovirus strains of ID QH0692.42, SC422661.8, PVO.4, TRO.11, PEJO4541.67, WITO4160.33, 1006_11_C3_1601, 1054_07_TC4_1499, 1056_TA11_1826, 6244_13_B5_4576, SC05_8011_2344, Du156.12, Du172.17, ZM197M.PB7, HIV-0013095-2.11, HIV-16055-2.3, HIV-16845-2.22, Ce1086_B2, Ce1172_H1, ZM247v1(Rev-), 3016.v5.c45, A07412M1.vrc12, CNE20, CNE21, CNE53, CNE58, 9004SS_A3_4, 928-28, 263-8, T255-34, CNE8, C1080.c03, BJOX015000.11.5, BJOX010000.06.2, BJOX025000.01.1, BJOX028000.10.3, X2131_C1_B5, P1981_C5_3, 6952.v1.c20, and 0815.v3.c3at an IC50 of less than or about 0.5 μg/ml (
FIG. 4 ). In some preferred embodiments, the binding agent may neutralize HIV-1 pseudovirus strains of ID 1054_07_TC4_1499, 1056_TA11_1826, 6244_13_B5_4576, Du172.17, HIV-0013095-2.11, HIV-16845-2.22, Ce1172_H1, CNE20, CNE21, 928-28, CNE8, P1981_C5_3 at an IC50 of less than or about 0.1 μg/ml (FIG. 4 ). It is further preferred that the binding agent not exhibit clade-dependency. For instance, in some embodiments, the binding agent may exhibit the ability to neutralize pseudoviruses of HIV-1 Clades B, B (T/F), C, C (T/F), D, D (T/F), BC, A, A (T/F), CRF02_AG, CRF01_Ae, CRF01_AE (T/F), G, CD, AC and ACD (FIG. 4 ). In some preferred embodiments, the binding agent may neutralize at least one pseudovirus in each of clades B, B (T/F), C, C (T/F), D, BC, A, A (T/F), CRF02_AG, CRF01_Ae, CRF01_AE (T/F), G, CD, and ACD at at an IC50 of less than or about 1 μg/ml (FIG. 4 ). In some preferred embodiments, the binding agent may neutralize at least one pseudovirus in each of clades B, B (T/F), C, C (T/F), D, BC, A (T/F), CRF02_AG, CRF01_Ae, CRF01_AE (T/F), G, CD, and ACD at at an IC50 of less than or about 0.5 μg/ml (FIG. 4 ). In some preferred embodiments, the binding agent may neutralize at least one pseudovirus in each of clades B (T/F), C, C (T/F), BC, A (T/F), CRF02_AG, CRF01_AE, CRF01_AE (T/F), G, and CD at at an IC50 of less than or about 0.1 μg/m1 (FIG. 4 ). In some embodiments, the binding agent comprises any one or more of these properties and one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32, preferably each of SEQ ID NOS. 1-7 and/or SEQ ID NOS. 8-9 and/or fragments and/or derivatives thereof. These are characteristics of LN01-type binding agents, such as IgG1 LN01, as shown inFIG. 4 . - In some embodiments, the binding agents may be tested for neutralization capacity against HIV reference pseudoviruses (e.g., the above-described Global Panel of nine (9) HIV-1 reference pseudoviruses) using cells expressing or not expressing one or more types of Fc receptors (e.g., parental TZM-bl cells and TZM-bl cells expressing Fc-gamma receptor I (CD64) as in the examples; see e.g. Perez, et al. Utilization of immunoglobulin G Fc receptors by human immunodeficiency virus type 1: a specific role for antibodies against the membrane-proximal external region of gp41. J Virol 83, 7397-7410 (2009); NIH AIDS Reagent Program Catalog No. 11798). Enhanced neutralizing activity in cells expressing Fc receptors may provide antibodies a kinetic advantage for virus inhibition. This kinetic advantage could be unique to antibodies, whose epitopes are thought to be difficult to access or exposed for only a short time on intermediate conformations of the Env protein during an early stage of fusion. Fc-gamma receptors could also potentially facilitate HIV-1 neutralization is phagocytosis, thereby increasing neutralization capacity of the antibodies. To this point, HeLa cells, from which the TZM-bl cell line was constructed, are known to exhibit properties of nonprofessional phagocytes. Thus, it is possible that TZM-bl cells were converted to professional phagocytic cells by introducing Fc-gamma receptor on their surface. Any Fc-gamma-receptor-mediated antiviral effects on HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies, whether by entry inhibition or phagocytosis, might be beneficial in HIV treatment and vaccine regimens. Fc-gamma receptors are rarely expressed on CD4+ lymphocytes, but several other HIV-1-susceptible cell types express multiple Fc-gamma receptors and are involved in sexual transmission and the early establishment of long-lived viral reservoirs. In particular, macrophages are among the first infection-susceptible cells that the virus encounters after mucosal exposure, and are thought to serve as a long-lived virus reservoir in chronic infection. Macrophages, as well as certain subsets of monocytes and dendritic cells, are known to express multiple Fc-gamma receptors. It is also important to mention that Fc-gamma receptors play a role in regulating adaptive immunity and peripheral tolerance, by facilitating antigen uptake, antigen presentation, cell activation and B cell tolerance. Thus, is some embodiments, the binding agents described herein may be used in conjunction with agents that induce and/or enhance Fc receptor expression, including the introduction of nucleic acids encoding one or more Fc receptors with or in conjunction with treatment by the binding agents described herein.
- The specificity of the binding agents described herein may be determined using any of the many techniques available to those of ordinary skill in the art. For instance, as shown in the examples herein, the specificity of a binding agent (e.g., IgG1 LN01 antibody), with respect to particular epitopes, may be ascertained using a panel of chimeric pseudoviruses (e.g., HIV-2/HIV-1 chimeras containing various segments of the HIV-1 MPER into the parental HIV-2/7312A) to test for neutralization capacity. For instance, the examples herein demonstrate that IgG1 LN01 antibody does not neutralize the parental HIV-2 7312A strain. However, IgG1 LN01 antibody was found to potently neutralize the chimeric virus 7312A.C4 in which six (6) residues of HIV-2 MPER (LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 65)) were replaced by those of HIV-1 MPER region (ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 66)). IgG1 LN01 antibodies was also found not to neutralize the chimeric virus 7312A.C6 in which only three (3) residues in the same region were replaced (ITSWIKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 67)) (see, e.g.,
FIG. 7 ). A similar finding was obtained with the chimeric virus 7312A.C1C where the same six (6) changes to 7312A.C4 were combined with an additional seven (7) mutations in the N-terminal region. These results indicate that amino acid residues L679, W680 and K683 in the C-terminal region of gp41 MPER are involved in IgG1 LN01 antibody binding. Thus, in some embodiments, the binding agent exhibits the capacity to bind to and/or neutralize HIV expressing gp41 comprising the amino acid residues L679, W680 and K683 as found in the HIV-1 envelope amino acid sequence of GenBank Accession No. K03455 (NCBI GenPept Accession No. AAB50262), such as, for instance, SEQ ID NO. 68 (L679, W680 and K683 underlined): -
(SEQ ID NO. 68) 1 MRVKEKYQHL WRWGWRWGTM LLGMLMICSA TEKLWVTVYY GVPVWKEATT TLFCASDAKA 61 YDTEVHNVWA THACVPTDPN PQEVVLVNVT ENFNMWKNDM VEQMHEDIIS LWDQSLKPCV 121 KLTPLCVSLK CTDLKNDTNT NSSSGRMIME KGEIKNCSFN ISTSIRGKVQ KEYAFFYKLD 181 IIPIDNDTTS YKLTSCNTSV ITQACPKVSF EPIPIHYCAP AGFAILKCNN KTFNGTGPCT 241 NVSTVQCTHG IRPVVSTQLL LNGSLAEEEV VIRSVNFTDN AKTIIVQLNT SVEINCTRPN 301 NNTRKRIRIQ RGPGRAFVTI GKIGNMRQAH CNISRAKWNN TLKQIASKLR EQFGNNKTII 361 FKQSSGGDPE IVTHSFNCGG EFFYCNSTQL FNSTWFNSTW STEGSNNTEG SDTITLPCRI 421 KQIINMWQKV GKAMYAPPIS GQIRCSSNIT GLLLTRDGGN SNNESEIFRP GGGDMRDNWR 481 SELYKYKVVK IEPLGVAPTK AKRRVVQREK RAVGIGALFL GFLGAAGSTM GAASMTLTVQ 541 ARQLLSGIVQ QQNNLLRAIE AQQHLLQLTV WGIKQLQARI LAVERYLKDQ QLLGIWGCSG 601 KLICTTAVPW NASWSNKSLE QIWNHTTWME WDREINNYTS LIHSLIEESQ NQQEKNEQEL 661 LELDKWASLW NWFNITNWLW YIKLFIMIVG GLVGLRIVFA VLSIVNRVRQ GYSPLSFQTH 721 LPTPRGPDRP EGIEEEGGER DRDRSIRLVN GSLALIWDDL RSLCLFSYHR LRDLLLIVTR 781 IVELLGRRGW EALKYWWNLL QYWSQELKNS AVSLLNATAI AVAEGTDRVI EVVQGACRAI 841 RHIPRRIRQG LERILL,
or equivalents thereof as would be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. An exemplary gp41 polypeptide is shown below: -
(SEQ ID NO. 69) AVGIGALFLGFLGAAGSTMGAASMTLTVQARQLLSGIVQ QQNNLLRAIEAQQHLLQLTVWGIKQLQARILAVERYLKD QQLLGIWGCSGKLICTTAVPWNASWSNKSLEQIWNNMTW MEWDREINNYTSLIHSLIEESQNQQEKNEQELLELDKWA SLWNWFNITNWLWYIKLFIMIVGGLVGLRIVFAVLSIVN RVRQG.
Another exemplary gp41 polypeptide has GenBank Accession No. 1103299B (Meusing, et al. Nature 313 (6002), 450-458 (1985)). Exemplary equivalents to amino acid residues L679, W680 and K683 are the underlined amino acid residues L168, W169 and K172 of SEQ ID NO. 14 (as well as GenBank Accession No. 1103299B). In some embodiments, the binding agent exhibits the capacity to bind to and/or neutralize HIV expressing amino acid sequence ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 66). In some embodiments, the binding agent exhibits the capacity to bind to and/or neutralize HIV expressing amino acid sequence ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 66) but not LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 65) and/or ITKWIKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 67). In some embodiments, the epitope(s) to which the binding agent binds (i.e., has specificity) includes the amino acid residues L679, W680 and K683, or equivalents thereof of, HIV env (e.g., SEQ ID NO. 68. Wth respect gp41, in preferred embodiments, the epitope(s) to which the binding agent binds (i.e., has specificity) includes the amino acid residues L168, W169 and K172 of SEQ ID NO. 69, or equivalents thereof. In some embodiments, a binding agent of this disclosure may comprise these binding specificities along with the neutralization characteristics described above (i.e., neutralization of HIV-1 pseudoviruses BJOX (CRF07_BC), CE1176, TRO.11 (B), X1632 (G), CH119 (CRF07_BC), CNE55 (CRF01_AE), 25710 (C), CD0217(C) but not of the control virus SVA-MLV at a concentration is from 102-100 ug/ml, or between 100-101 ug/ml, to at least about 50% (FIG. 3 ), as well as the neutralization a majority of the 118 HIV-1 pseudoviruses listed inFIG. 4 at an IC50 of less than 25 μg/ml). - Peptide microarrays may alternatively and/or also be used to determine the binding specificity of the binding agents described herein. One or more peptide microarrays may be designed such that overlapping peptides encompassing the entire amino acid sequence of a HIV polypeptide. For instance, as shown in the examples herein, a peptide microarray formed by 1423 overlapping (by 12 amino acids) 15-mer peptides covering the consensus HIV-1 Env gp160 sequences for clades A, B, C, D, group M, CRF01_AE and CRF02_AG was utilized to test the specificity of binding agent IgG1 LN01. In the examples herein, the peptides were printed onto 3D-Epoxy glass slides and were analyzed with a GenePix 4000B scanner (Tomaras, G. D. et al. Polyclonal B cell responses to conserved neutralization epitopes in a subset of HIV-1-infected individuals.
J Virol 85, 11502-11519 (2011)) but any suitable system available to those of ordinary skill in the art may be utilized. The binding agent may be tested along with a control binding agent (e.g., in the examples herein IgG01 LN01 was tested at 20 μg/ml in parallel with a control antibody called 7B2 haivng specificity for the immunodominant region of gp41). The binding of the binding agent to the peptides in the microarray may be detected by any suitable process, including by incubation with DyLight 649-labeled goat anti-human IgG as in the examples herein. Fluorescence intensity may be measured by any suitable system, such as a GenePix 4000B scanner/GenePix software as in the examples herein (see, e.g.,FIG. 8 ). As shown in the examples herein, IgG1 LN01 antibody did not clearly react with any of the peptides in that library, while the control antibody (7B2) strongly reacted with 190-195 peptides that spanned the gp41 immunodominant region, indicating that the IgG1 LN01 antibody does not recognize a linear epitope in HIV-1 Env. Similar tests may also be performed on any of the binding agents contemplated herein. - The specificity of a binding agent may also be tested for binding to soluble trimers representing HIV proteins (e.g., soluble, cleaved SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers based on the subtype A transmitted/founder strain, BG505 as used in the examples herein). Preferred trimers (such as those used in the examples herein) are those being highly stable, homogenous and closely resembling native virus spikes when visualized by negative stain electron microscopy (EM) (Sanders, R. W. et al. A next-generation cleaved, soluble HIV-1 Env trimer, BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140, expresses multiple epitopes for broadly neutralizing but not non-neutralizing antibodies. PLoS Pathog. 9, e1003618 (2013)). Typically, broadly neutralizing antibodies against multiple neutralizing epitopes on HIV-1 Env will be highly reactive with such trimers (e.g., the BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers, including quaternary epitopes antibodies (CH01, PG9, PG16 and PGT145)). Conversely, non-neutralizing antibodies (NAbs) to the CD4-binding site, CD4-induced epitopes or gp41 ectodomain would not (and did not in the example) react with the trimers, even when their epitopes were present on simpler forms of Env (e.g., gp120 monomers or dissociated gp41 subunits). The examples also included a test, which may be used in testing any of binding agents described herein, in which the MPER was also deleted to improve trimer solubility and reduce aggregate formation. The binding agents may also be tested for binding to such trimers in the presence or absence of soluble CD4 (sCD4). The examples herein describe the testing of the IgG1 LN01, PGT145 (V1-V2 glycan specific), PGT151 (binding to a site at the interface between gp120 and gp41) and 17b (binding to a CD4 binding induced site) antibodies for binding to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers in the presence or absence of sCD4 (measured by surface plasmon resonance (SPR)). As shown therein, the PGT145 and PGT151 antibodies reacted strongly to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers in the presence and absence of sCD4; 17b reacted to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers only in the presence of sCD4; and IgG1 LN01 did not react with BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers neither in the presence nor in the absence of sCD4 (see, e.g.,
FIG. 9 ). Similar tests may also be performed on any of the binding agents contemplated herein. - Other assay systems such as ELISA may also be used to test the binding agents contemplated herein. For instance, as shown in the examples, the IgG1 LN01 antibody, in parallel with MPER-specific 10E8 antibody (Huang, J. et al. Broad and potent neutralization of HIV-1 by a gp41-specific human antibody. Nature 491, 406-412 (2012)), was tested by ELISA against a panel of HIV-1 antigens (ConsB, consensus clade B gp140, 426c, clade C gp140, 426c-NLGS, 426c gp140 where the N-linked glycosylation sites were removed, 426c core, gp140 where the V loops were removed, UG37 gp140, clade A and gp41, recombinant ecto-domain of gp41, amino acids 541-682 from HxB2 strain, Vybion). None of the tested antigens was recognized by IgG1 LN01 antibody by ELISA (see, e.g.,
FIG. 10 ). Conversely, 10E8 antibody reacted to the recombinant ecto-domain of gp41. The results presented in the examples therefore indicate that IgG1 LN01 antibody might recognize an epitope in the MPER of gp41 different from 10E8. The examples herein also demonstrate the testing of IgG1 LN01 antibody against a fusion intermediate gp41 and uncoated plates (PBS), called gp41int (Lai, R. P. J. et al. A fusion intermediate gp41 immunogen elicits neutralizing antibodies to HIV-1. J Biol Chem 289, 29912-29926 (2014)), using ELISA. The gp41int antigen is recognized with high affinity by MPER antibodies 4E10, 2F5 and 10E8. While 10E8 reacted to gp4lint by ELISA, IgG1 LN01 antibody did not (see, e.g.,FIG. 11 ). These results indicate that IgG1 LN01 antibody recognizes a conserved epitope, possibly in the MPER region, that is not readily displayed in any of the antigens tested. Similar tests may be performed on any of the binding agents contemplated herein. - The term “binding affinity” and/or KD refers to the dissociation rate of a particular antibody-antigen interaction. The KD is the ratio of the rate of dissociation (“off-rate (kd)”) to the association rate (“on-rate (ka)). KD therefore equals kd/ka and is expressed as a molar concentration (M). Thus, the smaller the KD, the stronger the affinity of binding. For example, a a KD of 1 mM indicates weak binding as compared to a KD of 1 nM. KD values for antibodies can be determined using methods well established in the art such as by using a Biacore® system. In some embodiments, the binding agents described herein may be compared with another binding agent with reference to the respective KD values of each. These properties may be combined with other characteristics such as neutralization capacity and/or epitope specificity in order to compare binding agents to one another. Accordingly, binding agents having a similar KD to those described herein, perhaps also sharing the neutralization capacity and epitope specificity described herein (e.g., as exhibited by LN01), are also contemplated as part of this disclosure.
- Any of the amino acid sequences of Tables 1 (and/or any one or more fragments and/or derivatives thereof) may be also substituted by any other amino acid as desired by one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, one of skill in the art may make conservative substitutions by replacing particular amino acids with others as shown in Table 2 below. The specific amino acid substitution selected may depend on the location of the site selected. An amino acid substitution may be said to “correspond to” where one of ordinary skill in the art could ascertain a significant amount of similarity between the amino acid sequences surrounding the amino acid being substituted. For instance, a particular amino acid sequence may correspond to another where two, three, four or more N-terminal and C-terminal amino acids surrounding the amino acid being substituted are the same or similar (e.g., as described in Table 2) in the polypeptides being compared. Conservative amino acid substitutions may involve a substitution of a native amino acid residue with a non-native residue such that there is little or no effect on the size, polarity, charge, hydrophobicity, or hydrophilicity of the amino acid residue at that position and, in particular, does not result in, e.g., decreased HIV neutralization capacity and/or different epitope specificity.
-
TABLE 2 Original Preferred Conservative Amino Exemplary Conservative Substitutions of the Acid Substitution of the Original Original Amino Residue Amino Acid Residue Acid Residue Ala Val, Leu, Ile Val Arg Lys, Gln, Asn Lys Asn Gln Gln Asp Glu Glu Cys Ser, Ala Ser Gln Asn Asn Glu Asp Asp Gly Pro, Ala Ala His Asn, Gln, Lys, Arg Arg Ile Leu, Val, Met, Ala, Phe, Norleucine Leu Leu Norleucine, Ile, Val, Met, Ala, Phe Ile Lys Arg, 1,4 Diamino-butyric Acid, Gln, Asn Arg Met Leu, Phe, Ile Leu Phe Leu, Val, Ile, Ala, Tyr Leu Pro Ala Gly Ser Thr, Ala, Cys Thr Thr Ser Ser Trp Tyr, Phe Tyr Tyr Trp, Phe, Thr, Ser Phe Val Ile, Met, Leu, Phe, Ala, Norleucine Leu - In certain embodiments, a nucleic acid molecule encoding one or more binding agents described herein may be inserted into one or more expression vectors, as discussed below in greater detail. In such embodiments, the binding agent may be encoded by nucleotides corresponding to the amino acid sequence. The particular combinations of nucleotides (codons) that encode the various amino acids (AA) are well known in the art, as described in various references used by those skilled in the art (e.g., Lewin, B. Genes V, Oxford University Press, 1994). The nucleotide sequences encoding the amino acids of said binding agents may be ascertained with reference to Table 3, for example. Nucleic acid variants may use any combination of nucleotides that encode the binding agent.
-
TABLE 3 Codons Encoding Amino Acids (AA) AA Codon AA Codons AA Codons AA Codons Phe TTT Ser TCT Tyr TAT Cys (C) TGT (F) TTC (S) TCC (Y) TAC TGC Leu TTA TCA TERM TAA TERM TGA (L) TTG TCG TAG Trp (W) TGG CTT Pro CCT His CAT Arg (R) CGT CTC (P) CCC (H) CAC CGC CTA CCA Gin CAA CGA CTG CCG (Q) CAG CGG Ile ATT Thr ACT Asn AAT Ser (S) AGT (I) ATC (T) ACC (N) AAC AGC ATA ACA Lys AAA Arg (R) AGA Met ATG ACG (K) AAG AGG (M) Val GTT Ala GCT Asp GAT Gly (G) GGT (V) GTC (A) GCC (D) GAC GGC GTA GCA Glu GAA GGA GTG GCG (E) GAG GGG
Those of ordinary skill in the art understand that the nucleotide sequence encoding a particular amino acid sequence may be easily derived from the amino acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NOS. 1-7 and the information presented in Table 4. For instance, it may be deduced from the amino acid sequence GDSVSNDNYY (SEQ ID NO.: 1) and the information presented in Table 4 that the amino acid sequence may be encoded by the nucleotide sequence GGTGACTCAGTCAGTAATGATAATTATTAT (SEQ ID NO.: 33). Those of ordinary skill in the art would understand that nucleotide sequences encoding SEQ ID NOS. 2-32 and 34-36 may be deduced in the same way, and such nucleotide sequences are contemplated herein. Table 4 provides exemplary nucleic acid sequences encoding the amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS. 1-32): -
TABLE 4 Exemplary Nucleotide LN01 region Amino Sequence Sequence LN01 CDRH1 GDSVSNDNYY GGTGACTCAGTCAGTAATGATA (SEQ ID NO. 1) ATTATTAT (SEQ ID NO. 33) LN01 CDRH2 IYYSGTT ATCTATTACAGCGGCACAACC (SEQ ID NO. 2) (SEQ ID NO. 34) LN01 CDRH3 VRMPSHGFWSTSFSYWYF GTTCGCATGCCCAGTCACGGAT DL (SEQ ID NO. 3) TTTGGAGTACTTCTTTCTCTTAC TGGTATTTCGATCTC(SEQ ID NO. 35) LN01 CDRL1 QSVTKY CAGAGTGTCACCAAATAT(SEQ (SEQ ID NO. 4) ID NO. 36) LN01 CDRL2 GTY GGGACTTAT LN01 CDRL2 (long) LIYGTYTLL CTCATCTATGGGACTTATACTT (SEQ ID NO. 5) TACTC(SEQ ID NO. 37) LN01 CDR3 QQAHSTPWT CAACAGGCTCACAGTACTCCC (SEQ ID NO. 6) TGGACC (SEQ ID NO. 38) LN01 Variable Heavy EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSL GAGGTGCAGCTGGTGGAGTCG (VH) TCRVSGDSVSNDNYYWAWI GGCCCAGGACTGGTGCAGCCC RQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTY TGGGGGACCCTGTCCCTCACCT YNPSLRNRVTISLDKSVNVVS GTCGTGTCTCTGGTGACTCAGT LRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP CAGTAATGATAATTATTATTGGG SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGR CCTGGATTCGCCAGACCCCCGG GHFVAVSW GAGGGAACTGCAGGTCATCGGA (SEQ ID NO. 7) ACTATCTATTACAGCGGCACAAC CTACTACAATCCGTCGCTCAGG AATCGAGTCACGATCTCATTGG ACAAGTCCGTCAATGTGGTCTC CCTGAGATTGGGGTCTGTGAGT GCCGCGGACACGGCCCAATATT ATTGCGTTCGCATGCCCAGTCA CGGATTTTGGAGTACTTCTTTCT CTTACTGGTATTTCGATCTCTGG GGCCGTGGTCATTTCGTCGCTG TCTCCTGG (SEQ ID NO. 39) LN01 Variable Light DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTI GACATCCAGATGACCCAGTCTC (VL) TCRASQSVTKYLNWYQFKT CGTCCTCCCTGTCTGCCTCTGT GQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPR TGGAGACAAAGTCACCATCACC FSGAGSGSLYTLTITNIQPED TGCCGGGCCAGTCAGAGTGTCA FATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQG CCAAATATTTAAATTGGTATCAG THVAAN TTTAAGACCGGCCAAGCCCCAA (SEQ ID NO. 8) GAATCCTCATCTATGGGACTTAT ACTTTACTCAGTGGCGTCTCGC CTCGGTTCAGTGGCGCCGGATC TGGTTCACTCTACACTCTGACCA TCACCAATATACAGCCTGAAGA CTTCGCCACCTATTATTGTCAAC AGGCTCACAGTACTCCCTGGAC CTTCGGCCAAGGAACCCACGTG GCGGCCAAC (SEQ ID NO. 40) LN01 variant 7EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSL GAAGTGCAGCTGGTGGAATCTG Variable Heavy (VH) TCRVSGDSVSNWNYYWAWI GCCCTGGCCTGGTGCAGCCTTG (CDRH1, CDRH2 RQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTY GGGCACACTGAGCCTGACCTGT and CDRH3 YNPSLRNRVTISLDKSVNVVS AGAGTGTCCGGCGACAGCGTGT underlined) LRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP CCAACTGGAACTACTACTGGGC SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWG CTGGATCCGGCAGACCCCCGG RGHFVAVSW CAGAGAACTGCAAGTGATCGGC (SEQ ID NO.: 9) ACCATCTACTACAGCGGCACAA CCTACTACAACCCCAGCCTGCG GAACAGAGTGACCATCAGCCTG GACAAGAGCGTGAACGTGGTGT CCCTGAGACTGGGCTCTGTGTC TGCCGCCGATACCGCCCAGTAC TACTGCGTGCGGATGCCCAGCC ACGGCTTCTGGTCTACCAGCTT CAGCTACTGGTACTTCGACCTG TGGGGCAGAGGCCACTTCGTG GCCGTGTCTTGG (SEQ ID NO. 41) LN01 variant 7DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTI GACATCCAGATGACCCAGTCTC Variable Light (VL) TCRASQSVTKYLNWYQFKT CGTCCTCCCTGTCTGCCTCTGT (CDRL1, CDRL2 and GQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPR TGGAGACAAAGTCACCATCACC CDRL3 underlined) FSGAGSGSLYTLTITNIQPED TGCCGGGCCAGTCAGAGTGTCA FATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQG CCAAATATTTAAATTGGTATCAG THVAAN TTTAAGACCGGCCAAGCCCCAA (SEQ ID NO.: 10) GAATCCTCATCTATGGGACTTAT ACTTTACTCAGTGGCGTCTCGC CTCGGTTCAGTGGCGCCGGATC TGGTTCACTCTACACTCTGACCA TCACCAATATACAGCCTGAAGA CTTCGCCACCTATTATTGTCAAC AGGCTCACAGTACTCCCTGGAC CTTCGGCCAAGGAACCCACGTG GCGGCCAAC (SEQ ID NO. 42) LN01 variant 8EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSL GAAGTGCAGCTGGTGGAATCTG Variable Heavy (VH) TCRVSGDSVSNDWYYWAWI GCCCTGGCCTGGTGCAGCCTTG (CDRH1, CDRH2 RQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTY GGGCACACTGAGCCTGACCTGT and CDRH3 YNPSLRNRVTISLDKSVNVVS AGAGTGTCCGGCGACAGCGTGT underlined) LRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP CCAACGACTGGTACTACTGGGC SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGR CTGGATCCGGCAGACCCCCGG GHFVAVSW CAGAGAACTGCAAGTGATCGGC (SEQ ID NO.: 11) ACCATCTACTACAGCGGCACAA CCTACTACAACCCCAGCCTGCG GAACAGAGTGACCATCAGCCTG GACAAGAGCGTGAACGTGGTGT CCCTGAGACTGGGCTCTGTGTC TGCCGCCGATACCGCCCAGTAC TACTGCGTGCGGATGCCCAGCC ACGGCTTCTGGTCTACCAGCTT CAGCTACTGGTACTTCGACCTG TGGGGCAGAGGCCACTTCGTG GCCGTGTCTTGG (SEQ ID NO. 43) LN01 variant 8DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTI GACATCCAGATGACCCAGAGCC Variable Light (VL) TCRASQSVTKYLNWYQFKT CCAGCAGCCTGTCTGCCAGCGT (CDRL1, CDRL2 and GQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPR GGGCGACAAAGTGACCATCACC CDRL3 underlined) FSGAGSGSLYTLTITNIQPED TGTCGGGCCAGCCAGAGCGTG FATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQG ACCAAGTACCTGAACTGGTATC THVAAN AGTTTAAGACCGGCCAGGCCCC (SEQ ID NO.: 12) CAGAATCCTGATCTACGGCACC TACACCCTGCTGAGCGGCGTGT CCCCTAGATTCTCTGGCGCCGG AAGCGGCAGCCTGTACACCCTG ACAATCACCAACATCCAGCCCG AGGACTTCGCCACCTACTACTG CCAGCAGGCCCACAGCACCCCT TGGACATTTGGCCAGGGAACAC ACGTGGCCGCCAAC (SEQ ID NO. 44) LN01 variant 38 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSL AAGTGCAGCTGGTGGAATCTGG Variable Heavy (VH) TCRVSGDSVSNDNYYWAWI CCCTGGCCTGGTGCAGCCTTGG (CDRH1, CDRH2 RQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTY GGCACACTGAGCCTGACCTGTA and CDRH3 YNPSLRNRVTISLDKSVNVVS GAGTGTCCGGCGACAGCGTGTC underlined) LRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP CAACGACAACTACTACTGGGCC SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGR TGGATCCGGCAGACCCCCGGC GHFVAVSW AGAGAACTGCAAGTGATCGGCA (SEQ ID NO.: 13) CCATCTACTACAGCGGCACAAC CTACTACAACCCCAGCCTGCGG AACAGAGTGACCATCAGCCTGG ACAAGAGCGTGAACGTGGTGTC CCTGAGACTGGGCTCTGTGTCT GCCGCCGATACCGCCCAGTACT ACTGCGTGCGGATGCCCAGCCA CGGCTTCTGGTCTACCAGCTTC AGCTACTGGTACTTCGACCTGT GGGGCAGAGGCCACTTCGTGG CCGTGTCTTGG(SEQ ID NO. 45) LN01 variant 38 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTI ACATCCAGATGACCCAGAGCCC Variable Light (VL) TCRASQSVTKYLNWYQFKT CAGCAGCCTGTCTGCCAGCGTG (CDRL1, CDRL2 and GQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPR GGCGACAAAGTGACCATCACCT CDRL3 underlined) FSGAGWGSLYTLTITNIQPED GTCGGGCCAGCCAGAGCGTGA FATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQG CCAAGTACCTGAACTGGTATCA THVAAN GTTTAAGACCGGCCAGGCCCCC (SEQ ID NO.: 14) AGAATCCTGATCTACGGCACCT ACACCCTGCTGAGCGGCGTGTC CCCTAGATTCTCTGGCGCCGGA TGGGGCAGCCTGTACACCCTGA CAATCACCAACATCCAGCCCGA GGACTTCGCCACCTACTACTGC CAGCAGGCCCACAGCACCCCTT GGACATTTGGCCAGGGAACACA CGTGGCCGCCAAC (SEQ ID NO. 46) LN01 variant 41 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSL GAGGTGCAGCTGGTGGAATCTG Variable Heavy (VH) TCRVSGDSVSNFNYYWAWI GACCTGGACTGGTGCAGCCTTG (CDRH1, CDRH2 RQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTY GGGCACTCTGTCTCTGACATGC and CDRH3 YNPSLRNRVTISLDKSVNVVS CGGGTGAGCGGGGACAGCGTC underlined) LRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP TCCAACTTTAATTACTATTGGGC SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGR TTGGATCAGGCAGACACCAGGG GHFVAVSW CGCGAGCTGCAGGTCATCGGG (SEQ ID NO.: 15) ACTATCTACTATTCCGGAACCAC ATACTATAACCCCTCTCTGCGGA ATAGAGTGACCATTTCTCTGGAC AAGAGTGTCAACGTGGTCAGTC TGCGACTGGGATCTGTGAGTGC CGCTGATACCGCACAGTACTAT TGCGTGCGGATGCCCTCTCACG GCTTCTGGTCAACAAGCTTTTCC TACTGGTATTTCGATCTGTGGG GACGGGGCCATTTCGTGGCCGT CTCCTGG (SEQ ID NO. 47) LN01 variant 41 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTI GACATCCAGATGACCCAGTCTC Variable Light (VL) TCRASQSVTKYLNWYQFKT CGTCCTCCCTGTCTGCCTCTGT (CDRL1, CDRL2 and GQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPR TGGAGACAAAGTCACCATCACC CDRL3 underlined) FSGAGSGSLYTLTITNIQPED TGCCGGGCCAGTCAGAGTGTCA FATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQG CCAAATATTTAAATTGGTATCAG THVAAN TTTAAGACCGGCCAAGCCCCAA (SEQ ID NO.: 16) GAATCCTCATCTATGGGACTTAT ACTTTACTCAGTGGCGTCTCGC CTCGGTTCAGTGGCGCCGGATC TGGTTCACTCTACACTCTGACCA TCACCAATATACAGCCTGAAGA CTTCGCCACCTATTATTGTCAAC AGGCTCACAGTACTCCCTGGAC CTTCGGCCAAGGAACCCACGTG GCGGCCAAC (SEQ ID NO. 48) LN01 variant 42 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSL GAGGTGCAGCTGGTGGAATCTG Variable Heavy (VH) TCRVSGDSVSNYNYYWAWI GACCTGGACTGGTGCAGCCTTG (CDRH1, CDRH2 RQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTY GGGCACTCTGTCTCTGACATGC and CDRH3 YNPSLRNRVTISLDKSVNVVS CGGGTGAGCGGGGACAGCGTC underlined) LRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP TCCAACTACAATTACTATTGGGC SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGR TTGGATCAGGCAGACACCAGGG GHFVAVSW CGCGAGCTGCAGGTCATCGGG (SEQ ID NO.: 17) ACTATCTACTATTCCGGAACCAC ATACTATAACCCCTCTCTGCGGA ATAGAGTGACCATTTCTCTGGAC AAGAGTGTCAACGTGGTCAGTC TGCGACTGGGATCTGTGAGTGC CGCTGATACCGCACAGTACTAT TGCGTGCGGATGCCCTCTCACG GCTTCTGGTCAACAAGCTTTTCC TACTGGTATTTCGATCTGTGGG GACGGGGCCATTTT GTGGCCGT CTCCTGG (SEQ ID NO. 49) LN01 variant 42 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTI GACATCCAGATGACCCAGTCTC Variable Light (VL) TCRASQSVTKYLNWYQFKT CGTCCTCCCTGTCTGCCTCTGT (CDRL1, CDRL2 and GQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPR TGGAGACAAAGTCACCATCACC CDRL3 underlined) FSGAGSGSLYTLTITNIQPED TGCCGGGCCAGTCAGAGTGTCA FATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQG CCAAATATTTAAATTGGTATCAG THVAAN TTTAAGACCGGCCAAGCCCCAA (SEQ ID NO.: 18) GAATCCTCATCTATGGGACTTAT ACTTTACTCAGTGGCGTCTCGC CTCGGTTCAGTGGCGCCGGATC TGGTTCACTCTACACTCTGACCA TCACCAATATACAGCCTGAAGA CTTCGCCACCTATTATTGTCAAC AGGCTCACAGTACTCCCTGGAC CTTCGGCCAAGGAACCCACGTG GCGGCCAAC (SEQ ID NO. 50) LN01 variant 48 QLQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSL CAGCTGCAGCTGCAGGAGAGTG Variable Heavy (VH) TCTVSGDSVSNWNYYWAWI GACCTGGACTGGTGAAGCCTTC (CDRH1, CDRH2 RQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTY AGAAACACTGAGCCTGACTTGC and CDRH3 YNPSLRNRVTISLDKSVNVVS ACCGTGTCCGGCGACTCTGTCA underlined) LRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP GTAACTGGAATTACTATTGGGCA SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGR TGGATTAGACAGACACCAGGAA GTLVTVSS GAGAGCTGCAGGTCATCGGGAC (SEQ ID NO.: 19) AATCTACTATAGTGGAACCACAT ACTATAACCCCTCACTGCGGAA TAGAGTGACCATTTCCCTGGAC AAATCTGTCAACGTGGTCTCTCT GCGACTGGGCTCAGTGAGCGC CGCTGATACTGCCCAGTACTATT GCGTGCGGATGCCCAGCCACG GCTTCTGGTCCACCTCTTTTAGT TACTGGTATTTCGATCTGTGGG GACGGGGCACACTGGTGACTGT CAGCTCC (SEQ ID NO. 51) LN01 variant 48 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTI GACATCCAGATGACCCAGTCTC Variable Light (VL) TCRASQSVTKYLNWYQFKT CGTCCTCCCTGTCTGCCTCTGT (CDRL1, CDRL2 and GQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPR TGGAGACAAAGTCACCATCACC CDRL3 underlined) FSGAGSGSLYTLTITNIQPED TGCCGGGCCAGTCAGAGTGTCA FATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQG CCAAATATTTAAATTGGTATCAG THVAAN TTTAAGACCGGCCAAGCCCCAA (SEQ ID NO : 20) GAATCCTCATCTATGGGACTTAT ACTTTACTCAGTGGCGTCTCGC CTCGGTTCAGTGGCGCCGGATC TGGTTCACTCTACACTCTGACCA TCACCAATATACAGCCTGAAGA CTTCGCCACCTATTATTGTCAAC AGGCTCACAGTACTCCCTGGAC CTTCGGCCAAGGAACCCACGTG GCGGCCAAC (SEQ ID NO. 52) LN01 variant 49 EVQLVESGPGLVQPWGTLSL GAGGTGCAGCTGGTGGAATCTG Variable Heavy (VH) TCRVSGDSVSNWWYYWAWI GACCTGGACTGGTGCAGCCTTG (CDRH1, CDRH2 RQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTY GGGCACTCTGTCTCTGACATGC and CDRH3 YNPSLRNRVTISLDKSVNVVS CGGGTGAGCGGGGACAGCGTC underlined) LRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP TCCAACTGGTGGTACTATTGGG SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGR CTTGGATCAGGCAGACACCAGG GHFVAVSW GCGCGAGCTGCAGGTCATCGG (SEQ ID NO.: 21) GACTATCTACTATTCCGGAACCA CATACTATAACCCCTCTCTGCG GAATAGAGTGACCATTTCTCTG GACAAGAGTGTCAATGTGGTCA GTCTGCGACTGGGATCTGTGAG TGCCGCTGATACCGCACAGTAC TATTGCGTGCGGATGCCCTCTC ACGGCTTCTGGTCAACAAGCTT TTCCTACTGGTATTTCGATCTGT GGGGACGGGGCCATTTTGTGG CCGTCTCCTGG (SEQ ID NO.: 53) LN01 variant 49 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTI GACATCCAGATGACCCAGTCTC Variable Light (VL) TCRASQSVTKYLNWYQFKT CGTCCTCCCTGTCTGCCTCTGT (CDRL1, CDRL2 and GQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPR TGGAGACAAAGTCACCATCACC CDRL3 underlined) FSGAGSGSLYTLTITNIQPED TGCCGGGCCAGTCAGAGTGTCA FATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQG CCAAATATTTAAATTGGTATCAG THVAAN TTTAAGACCGGCCAAGCCCCAA (SEQ ID NO.: 22) GAATCCTCATCTATGGGACTTAT ACTTTACTCAGTGGCGTCTCGC CTCGGTTCAGTGGCGCCGGATC TGGTTCACTCTACACTCTGACCA TCACCAATATACAGCCTGAAGA CTTCGCCACCTATTATTGTCAAC AGGCTCACAGTACTCCCTGGAC CTTCGGCCAAGGAACCCACGTG GCGGCCAAC (SEQ ID NO.: 54) LN01 variant 82QVQLEESGPGLVQPWGTLS CAGGTGCAGCTGGAGGAATCTG Variable Heavy (VH) LTCRVSGGSISSSSYYWAWI GACCTGGACTGGTCCAGCCTTG (CDRH1, CDRH2 RQTPGRELQVIGTIYYSGTTY GGGGACTCTGAGCCTGACCTGC and CDRH3 YNPSLRNRVTISLDKSVNVVS CGGGTGTCAGGCGGGAGCATC underlined) LRLGSVSAADTAQYYCVRMP AGCTCCTCTAGTTACTATTGGGC SHGFWSTSFSYWYFDLWGR TTGGATTAGGCAGACACCAGGC GHFVAVSW CGCGAGCTGCAGGTCATCGGCA (SEQ ID NO. 23) CTATCTACTATAGTGGGACCACA TACTATAACCCCTCACTGCGGA ATAGAGTGACCATCTCCCTGGA CAAGTCTGTCAACGTGGTCTCT CTGCGACTGGGATCAGTGAGCG CCGCTGATACCGCACAGTACTA TTGCGTGCGGATGCCCAGCCAC GGCTTCTGGTCCACATCTTTTAG TTACTGGTATTTCGACCTGTGG GGGCGGGGACATTTTGTGGCC GTCAGTTGG (SEQ ID NO.: 55) LN01 variant 82DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDKVTI GACATCCAGATGACCCAGTCTC Variable Light (VL) TCRASQSVTKYLNWYQFKT CGTCCTCCCTGTCTGCCTCTGT (CDRL1, CDRL2 and GQAPRILIYGTYTLLSGVSPR TGGAGACAAAGTCACCATCACC CDRL3 underlined) FSGAGSGSLYTLTITNIQPED TGCCGGGCCAGTCAGAGTGTCA FATYYCQQAHSTPWTFGQG CCAAATATTTAAATTGGTATCAG THVAAN TTTAAGACCGGCCAAGCCCCAA (SEQ ID NO.: 24) GAATCCTCATCTATGGGACTTAT ACTTTACTCAGTGGCGTCTCGC CTCGGTTCAGTGGCGCCGGATC TGGTTCACTCTACACTCTGACCA TCACCAATATACAGCCTGAAGA CTTCGCCACCTATTATTGTCAAC AGGCTCACAGTACTCCCTGGAC CTTCGGCCAAGGAACCCACGTG GCGGCCAAC (SEQ ID NO : 56) LN01 variants 7 andGDSVSNWNYY (SEQ ID GGCGACAGCGTGTCCAACTGGA 48 Variable Heavy NO.: 25) ACTACTAC (SEQ ID NO. 57) (VH) CDRH1 LN01 variant 8 GDSVSNDWYY (SEQ ID GGCGACAGCGTGTCCAACGACT Variable Heavy (VH) NO.: 26) GGTACTAC (SEQ ID NO. 58) CDRH1 LN01 variant 41 GDSVSNFNYY (SEQ ID GGGGACAGCGTCTCCAACTTTA Variable Heavy (VH) NO.: 27) ATTACTAT(SEQ ID NO. 59) CDRH1 LN01 variant 42 GDSVSNYNYY (SEQ ID GGGGACAGCGTCTCCAACTACA Variable Heavy (VH) NO.: 28) ATTACTAT (SEQ ID NO. 60) CDRH1 LN01 variant 43 GDSVSNLNYY(SEQ ID GGGGACAGCGTCTCCAACTTAA Variable Heavy (VH) NO.: 29) ATTACTAT (SEQ ID NO. 61) CDRH1 LN01 variant 44 GDSVSNINYY (SEQ ID GGGGACAGCGTCTCCAACATTA Variable Heavy (VH) NO.: 30) ATTACTAT (SEQ ID NO. 62) CDRH1 LN01 variant 49 GDSVSNWWYY (SEQ ID GGGGACAGCGTCTCCAACTGGT Variable Heavy (VH) NO.: 31) GGTACTAT (SEQ ID NO. 63) CDRH1 LN01 variant 82 GSISSSSYY GGGAGCATCAGCTCCTCTAGTT Variable Heavy (VH) (SEQ ID NO.: 32) ACTAT (SEQ ID NO. 64) CDRH1 (germline sequence)
Thus, a nucleic acid encoding a binding agent of this disclosure may comprise one or more SEQ ID NOS. 33-64 or GGGACTTAT, or a derivative thereof that encodes any of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 or GTY (LN01 CDRL2) and/or a derivative thereof (e.g., any of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 conservatively substituted as described in Table 2, encoded by a nucleotide sequence determined using standard techniques, e.g., as described in Table 3, including but not limited to those described in Table 4). Expression vectors comprising such nucleic acid sequences are also contemplated by this disclosure. Where the binding agents are antibodies, nucleotide sequences encoding the variable regions thereof may also be isolated from the phage and/or hybridoma cells expressing the same cloned into expression vectors. Methods for producing such preparations are well-known in the art. - Nucleic acid molecules encoding one or more HIV binding agents may be contained within a viral and/or a non-viral vector. In one embodiment, a DNA vector is utilized to deliver nucleic acids encoding one or more HIV binding agents to the patient. In doing so, various strategies may be utilized to improve the efficiency of such mechanisms including, for example, the use of self-replicating viral replicons (Caley, et al. 1999. Vaccine, 17: 3124-2135; Dubensky, et al. 2000. Mol. Med. 6: 723-732; Leitner, et al. 2000. Cancer Res. 60: 51-55), codon optimization (Liu, et al. 2000. Mol. Ther., 1: 497-500; Dubensky, supra; Huang, et al. 2001. J. Virol. 75: 4947-4951), in vivo electroporation (Widera, et al. 2000. J. Immunol. 164: 4635-3640), incorporation of nucleic acids encoding co-stimulatory molecules, cytokines and/or chemokines (Xiang, et al. 1995. Immunity, 2: 129-135; Kim, et al. 1998. Eur. J. lmmunol., 28: 1089-1103; Iwasaki, et al. 1997. J. lmmunol. 158: 4591-3201; Sheerlinck, et al. 2001. Vaccine, 19: 2647-2656), incorporation of stimulatory motifs such as CpG (Gurunathan, supra; Leitner, supra), sequences for targeting of the endocytic or ubiquitin-processing pathways (Thomson, et al. 1998. J. Virol. 72: 2246-2252; Velders, et al. 2001. J. lmmunol. 166: 5366-5373), prime-boost regimens (Gurunathan, supra; Sullivan, et al. 2000. Nature, 408: 605-609; Hanke, et al. 1998. Vaccine, 16: 439-445; Amara, et al. 2001. Science, 292: 69-74), proteasome-sensitive cleavage sites, and the use of mucosal delivery vectors such as Salmonella (Darji, et al. 1997. Cell, 91: 765-775; Woo, et al. 2001. Vaccine, 19: 2945-2954). Other methods are known in the art, some of which are described below. Various viral vectors that have been successfully utilized for introducing a nucleic acid to a host include retrovirus, adenovirus, adeno-associated virus (AAV), herpes virus, and poxvirus, among others. The vectors may be constructed using standard recombinant techniques widely available to one skilled in the art. Such techniques may be found in common molecular biology references such as Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (Sambrook, et al., 1989, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press), Gene Expression Technology (Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 185, edited by D. Goeddel, 1991. Academic Press, San Diego, Calif.), and PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications (Innis, et al. 1990. Academic Press, San Diego, Calif.). “Non-viral” plasmid vectors may also be suitable in certain embodiments. Preferred plasmid vectors are compatible with bacterial, insect, and/or mammalian host cells. Such vectors include, for example, PCR-ii, PCR3, and pcDNA3.1 (Invitrogen, San Diego, Calif.), pBSii (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.), pet15 (Novagen, Madison, Wis.), pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.), pEGFp-n2 (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.), pETI (Bluebacii, Invitrogen), pDSR-alpha (PCT pub. No. WO 90/14363) and pFASTBACdual (Gibco-BRL, Grand island, N.Y.) as well as Bluescript® plasmid derivatives (a high copy number COLe1-based phagemid, Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif.), PCR cloning plasmids designed for cloning TAQ-amplified PCR products (e.g., TOPO™ TA cloning® kit, PCR2.1® plasmid derivatives, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). Bacterial vectors may also be used. These vectors include, for example, Shigella, Salmonella, Vibrio cholerae, Lactobacillus, Bacille Calmette Guérin (BCG), and Streptococcus (see for example, WO 88/6626; WO 90/0594; WO 91/13157; WO 92/1796; and WO 92/21376). Many other non-viral plasmid expression vectors and systems are known in the art and may be use. Other delivery techniques may also suffice including, for example, DNA-ligand complexes, adenovirus-ligand-DNA complexes, direct injection of DNA, CaPO4 precipitation, gene gun techniques, electroporation, and colloidal dispersion systems. Colloidal dispersion systems include macromolecule complexes, nanocapsules, microspheres, beads, and lipid-based systems including oil-in-water emulsions, micelles, mixed micelles, and liposomes. The preferred colloidal system is a liposome, which are artificial membrane vesicles useful as delivery vehicles in vitro and in vivo. RNA, DNA and intact virions can be encapsulated within the aqueous interior and be delivered to cells in a biologically active form (Fraley, R., et al., 1981, Trends Biochem. Sci., 6: 77). The composition of the liposome is usually a combination of phospholipids, particularly high-phase-transition-temperature phospholipids, usually in combination with steroids, especially cholesterol. Other phospholipids or other lipids may also be used. The physical characteristics of liposomes depend on pH, ionic strength, and the presence of divalent cations. Examples of lipids useful in liposome production include phosphatidyl compounds, such as phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylethanolamine, sphingolipids, cerebrosides, and gangliosides. Particularly useful are diacylphosphatidylglycerols, where the lipid moiety contains from 14-18 carbon atoms, particularly from 16-18 carbon atoms, and is saturated. Illustrative phospholipids include egg phosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine and distearoylphosphatidylcholine.
- A cultured cell comprising the vector is also provided. The cultured cell may be a cultured cell transfected with the vector or a progeny of the cell, wherein the cell expresses the immunogenic polypeptide. Suitable cell lines are known to those of skill in the art and are commercially available, for example, through the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). The transfected cells can be used in a method of producing an immunogenic polypeptide. The method comprises culturing a cell comprising the vector under conditions that allow expression of the immunogenic polypeptide, optionally under the control of an expression sequence. The immunogenic polypeptide can be isolated from the cell or the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.ln some embodiments, the binding agents described herein may be conjugated to active agents to target and inhibit the function of and /or eliminate cell populations expressing HIV polypeptides and/or harboring HIV (and/or another antigen in the case of binding agents with multiple specificities). For instance, CD4+ T-cell populations containing replication competent HIV may be targeted and eliminated using binding agent / drug conjugates (e.g., antibody-drug conjugates (ADC)). Mono- and/or bi-specific candidate binding agents may be conjugated with one or more types of drugs (e.g., drugs damaging DNA, targeting microtubules). The binding agents described herein and/ or derivatives thereof may also be adjoined to and/or conjugated to functional agents for in vitro and/or in vivo use. For instance, the binding agent may be adjoined to and/or conjugated to functional moieties such as cytotoxic drugs or toxins, and/or active fragments thereof such as diphtheria A chain, exotoxin A chain, ricin A chain, abrin A chain, curcin, crotin, phenomycin, enomycin, among others. Suitable functional moieties may also include radiochemicals. Binding agents, such as antibodies, may be adjoined to and/or conjugated to the one or more functional agents using standard techniques in the art.
- In some embodiments, this disclosure provides binding agents with multiple specificities such that epitopes bound by LN01 (e.g., ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 72) but not LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 71) and/or ITKWIKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 73)) and at least one other secondary antigen (e.g., a cell surface protein) may be bound by a single binding agent. In some embodiments, the secondary antigen may be one expressed by cells infected by an infectious agent. For instance, an exemplary secondary antigen may be HIV Env antigen other than gp41. Such binding agents may bind the secondary antigen and/or may serve to neutralize the infectious agent as may be determined using the assays described herein. Combinations of binding agents, such as one or more described herein with another available to those of ordinary skill in the art, are also contemplated herein. For instance, in some embodiments, the combinations may be identified to provide statistically significant differences from results (e.g., neutralization assays) obtained using only one or more of the binding agents and not others. In some embodiments, combinations exhibit synergistic neutralization of HIV, for example. In some embodiments, the combination may comprise a first binding agent having the characteristics of LN01 (e.g., such as IgG1 LN01) and/or comprising any one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 (and/or as described in Table 1), and/or derivatives thereof, and any one or more of the antibodies described in any one or more of U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,087,557; 5,298,419; 5,459,060; 5,693,752; 5,731,189; 5,753,503; 5,756,674; 5,777,074; 5,804,440; 5,831,034; 6,008,044; 7,774,887B2; U.S. Pat. Publications 2003/0118985A1, 2007/0292390A1, or 2014/0205612A1; WO 2002/032452A1 (e.g., binding the gp41 epitopes ELDKWA, ELEKWA, ELNKWA, ELDEWA); EP0335134B1 US 176077 (e.g, a humanized version of the mouse mAbs described therein); DE3932461A1 (mAb against the epitope Arg-Ile-Leu-Ala-Val-Glu-Arg-Leu-Lys-Try-Asp-Gln-Gln-Leu-Leu-Gly-Ile-Trp-Gly-Cys-Ser); Evans, et al. J. Immunol. 140(3): 941-3 (1988); Gorney, et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86: 1624-28 (1989); Teeuwsen, et al. (1990) AIDS Res. Hum. Retroviruses 6, 381-392; Earl, et al. J. Virol. 71(4): 2674-2684 (1997); Jiang, et al. J. Virol. 72(12): 10213-17 (1998); Zwick, et al. J. Virol. 75(22): 10892-10905 (2001); Eckert et al. PNAS USA, 98(20): 11187-11192 (2001); Louis, et al. J. Biol. Chem. 278(22): 20278-20285 (2003); and/or Pietzsch, et al. J. Virol. 84(10): 5032-42 (2010); all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. For instance, any of the binding agents described herein may be combined with (i.e., as a single composition, and/or used in conjunction with) one or more the antibodies commonly known as 2F5, 4E10 and/or Z13e1, and/or derivatives thereof, among others. The binding agents of such compositions may be different entities such as two or more different monoclonal antibodies or derivatives thereof, or may be found on the same entity such as a bi-functional antibody (a single antibody or derivative thereof comprising multiple binding specificities). Such combinations as described herein may also be combined with one or more other agents that may effect immune cell function such as antibodies against CTLA-4, and the like. One of ordindary skill in the art would recognize that many such combinations may be suitable for use as descrbed herein.
- As mentioned above, the HIV binding agents described herein may be used to treat and/or prevent and/or ameliorate the symptoms of infection by HIV. As is well-known in the art, HIV isolates are now classified into discrete genetic subtypes. HIV-1 is known to comprise at least ten subtypes (A1, A2, A3, A4, B, C, D, E, F1, F2, G, H, J and K) (Taylor et al, NEJM, 359(18):1965-1966 (2008)). HIV-2 is known to include at least five subtypes (A, B, C, D, and E). Subtype B has been associated with the HIV epidemic in homosexual men and intravenous drug users worldwide. Most HIV-1 immunogens, laboratory adapted isolates, reagents and mapped epitopes belong to subtype B. In sub-Saharan Africa, India and China, areas where the incidence of new HIV infections is high, HIV-1 subtype B accounts for only a small minority of infections, and subtype HIV-1 C appears to be the most common infecting subtype. Any of these types of isolates may be addressed using the binding agents described herein. One or more binding agents may also be administered with or in conjunction with one or more agents used to prevent, treat and/or ameliorate HIV such as for example, a protease inhibitor, an HIV entry inhibitor, a reverse transcriptase inhibitor, and/or an anti- retroviral nucleoside analog. Suitable compounds include, for example, Agenerase (amprenavir), Combivir (Retrovir/Epivir), Crixivan (indinavir), Emtriva (emtricitabine), Epivir (3tc / lamivudine), Epzicom, Fortovase/Invirase (saquinavir), Fuzeon (enfuvirtide), Hivid (ddc/zalcitabine), Kaletra (lopinavir), Lexiva (Fosamprenavir), Norvir (ritonavir), Rescriptor (delavirdine), Retrovir/AZT (zidovudine), Reyatax (atazanavir, BMS-232632), Sustiva (efavirenz), Trizivir (abacavir/zidovudine/lamivudine), Truvada (Emtricitabine/Tenofovir DF), Videx (ddl/didanosine), Videx EC (ddl, didanosine), Viracept (nevirapine), Viread (tenofovir disoproxil fumarate), Zerit (d4T/stavudine), and Ziagen (abacavir) may be utilized. Other suitable agents are known to those of skill in the art and may be suitable for use as described herein. Such agents may either be used prior to, during, or after administration of the binding agents and/or use of the methods described herein.
- The skilled artisan has many suitable techniques for using the binding agents (e.g., antibodies) described herein to identify biological samples containing proteins that bind thereto. For instance, antibodies may be utilized to isolate HIV or cells containing HIV and/or expressing HIV antigens using, for example, immunoprecipitation or other capture-type assay. This well-known technique is performed by attaching the antibody to a solid support or chromatographic material (e.g., a bead coated with Protein A, Protein G and/or Protein L). The bound antibody is then introduced into a solution either containing or believed to contain HIV antigens (e.g., an HIV-infected cell). The HIV antigen(s) may then bind to the antibody and non-binding materials are washed away under conditions in which the HIV antigen(s) remains bound to the antibody. The bound protein may then be separated from the antibody and analyzed as desired. Similar methods for isolating a protein using an antibody are well-known in the art. The binding agents (e.g., antibodies) may also be utilized to detect HIV or HIV antigens within a biological sample. For instance, the antibodies may be used in assays such as, for example, flow cytometric analysis, ELISA, immunoblotting (e.g., western blot), in situ detection, immunocytochemistry, and/or immunhistochemistry. Methods of carrying out such assays are well-known in the art. In some embodiments, the binding agents may be adjoined to and/or conjugated to one or more detectable labels. For instance, suitable detectable labels may include, for instance, fluorosceins (e.g., DyLight, Cy3, Cy5, FITC, HiLyte Fluor 555, HiLyte Fluor 647; 5-carboxy-2,7-dichlorofluorescein; 5-Carboxyfluorescein (5-FAM); 5-HAT (Hydroxy Tryptamine); 5-Hydroxy Tryptamine (HAT); 6-JOE; 6-carboxyfluorescein (6-FAM); FITC; 6-carboxy-1,4-dichloro-2′,7′-dichlorofluorescein (TET); 6-carboxy-1,4-dichloro-2′, 4′, 5′, 7′-tetrachlorofluorescein (HEX); 6-carboxy-4′, 5′-dichloro-2′, 7′-dimethoxyfluorescein (JOE); Alexa fluors (e.g., 350, 405, 430, 488, 500, 514, 532, 546, 555, 568, 594, 610, 633, 635, 647, 660, 680, 700, 750); BODIPY fluorophores (e.g., 492/515, 493/503, 500/510, 505/515, 530/550, 542/563, 558/568, 564/570, 576/589, 581/591, 630/650-X, 650/665-X, 665/676, FL, FL ATP, FI-Ceramide, R6G SE, TMR, TMR-X conjugate, TMR-X, SE, TR, TR ATP, TR-X SE)), rhodamines (e.g., 110, 123, B, B 200, BB, BG, B extra, 5-carboxytetramethylrhodamine (5-TAMRA), 5 GLD, 6-Carboxyrhodamine 6G, Lissamine, Lissamine Rhodamine B, Phallicidine, Phalloidine, Red, Rhod-2, ROX (6-carboxy-X-rhodamine), 5-ROX (carboxy-X-rhodamine), Sulphorhodamine B can C, Sulphorhodamine G Extra, TAMRA (6-carboxytetramethyl-rhodamine), Tetramethylrhodamine (TRITC), WT), Texas Red, and/or Texas Red-X. Other detectable labels known in the art may also be suitable for use. Binding agents, such as antibodies, may be adjoined to and/or conjugated to the one or more detectable labels using standard techniques in the art.
- The binding agents described herein may be also be used to determine the presence of a disease state in a patient, to predict prognosis, or to determine the effectiveness of a chemotherapeutic or other treatment regimen. Expression profile assays, performed as described herein or as is otherwise known in the art, may be used to determine the relative level of expression of HIV in a cell, for instance. The level of expression may then be correlated with base (e.g., control) levels to determine whether a particular disease is present within the patient, the patient's prognosis, or whether a particular treatment regimen is effective. For example, if the patient is being treated with a particular anti-infective regimen, an increased or decreased level of expression of HIV in the patient's tissues (e.g., in plasma) may indicate the regimen is worsening or improving the load of HIV in that host. The increase or decrease in expression may indicate the regimen is having or not having the desired effect and another therapeutic modality may therefore be selected.
- It is also possible to use the binding agents described herein as reagents in drug screening assays to test, for example, new drug candidates. The reagents may be used to ascertain the effect of a drug candidate on the expression of the immunogenic target in a cell line, or a cell or tissue of a patient. The expression profiling technique may be combined with high throughput screening techniques to allow rapid identification of useful compounds and monitor the effectiveness of treatment with a drug candidate (see, for example, Zlokarnik, et al., Science 279, 84-8 (1998)). Drug candidates may be chemical compounds, nucleic acids, proteins, antibodies, or derivatives therefrom, whether naturally occurring or synthetically derived. Drug candidates thus identified may be utilized, among other uses, as pharmaceutical compositions for administration to patients or for use in further screening assays.
- In some embodiments, the binding agents are in purified form. A “purified” binding agent (e.g., antibody) may be one that is separated from at least about 50% of the proteins and/or other components with which it is initially found (e.g., as part of a hybridoma supernatant or ascites preparation in the case of a monoclonal antibody). A purified binding agent (e.g., antibody) may be one that is separated from at least about 50%, 60%, 75%, 90%, or 95% of the proteins and/or other components with which it is initially found.
- The polypeptides and nucleic acids described herein may also be combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers prior to administration to a host. A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, e.g., the material may be administered to a subject, without causing any undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained. The carrier would naturally be selected to minimize any degradation of the active ingredient and to minimize any adverse side effects in the subject, as would be well known to one of skill in the art. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers and their formulations are described in, for example, Remington's: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition, David B. Troy, ed., Lippicott Williams & Wilkins (2005). Typically, an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic. Examples of the pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, sterile water, saline, buffered solutions like Ringer's solution, and dextrose solution. The pH of the solution is generally from about 5 to about 8 or from about 7 to about 7.5. Other carriers include sustained-release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing polypeptides or fragments thereof. Matrices may be in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes or microparticles. It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers may be more preferable depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of composition being administered. Carriers are those suitable for administration of polypeptides and/or fragments thereof to humans or other subjects. Pharmaceutical compositions may also include carriers, thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents, adjuvants, immunostimulants, in addition to the immunogenic polypeptide. Pharmaceutical compositions may also include one or more active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, antiinflammatory agents and anesthetics. The pharmaceutical composition may be administered orally, parentally, by inhalation spray, rectally, intranodally, or topically in dosage unit formulations containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” or “physiologically acceptable carrier” as used herein refers to one or more formulation materials suitable for accomplishing or enhancing the delivery of a nucleic acid, polypeptide, or peptide as a pharmaceutical composition. A “pharmaceutical composition” is a composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a nucleic acid or polypeptide. The terms “effective amount” and “therapeutically effective amount” each refer to the amount of a binding agent, nucleic acid or the like used to observe the desired therapeutic effect (e.g., eliminating HIV).
- Methods for treating one or more disease conditions (e.g., HIV or cancer) in a mammalian host comprising administering to the mammal at least one or more effective doses of one or more binding agents (and/or derivative(s) thereof) described herein are also provided. In some embodiments, the binding agent is a monoclonal antibody or fragment or derivative thereof comprising one or more of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 and/or shown in Table 1. The one or more binding agents may be administered in a dosage amount of about 1 to about 50 mg/kg, about 1 to about 30 mg/kg, or about 5 to about 30 mg/kg (e.g., about any of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, or 40 mg/kg). In certain embodiments, the one or more binding agents may be administered to the mammal (e.g., intradermally, intravenously, orally, rectally) at about 10 mg / kg one or more times. When multiple doses are administered, the doses may comprise about the same or different amount of binding agent in each dose. The doses may also be separated in time from one another by the same or different intervals. For instance, the doses may be separated by about any of 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, or 96 hours, one week, two weeks, three weeks, one month, two months, three months, four months, five months, six months, seven months, eight months, nine months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, 1.5 years, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, or any time period before, after, and/or between any of these time periods. In some embodiments, the binding agents may be administered in conjunction with other agents (e.g., anti-infective agents and/or chemotherapeutic agent). Such other agents may be administered about simultaneously with the binding agents, or at a different time and/or frequency. Other embodiments of such methods may also be appropriate as could be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- To assist the skilled artisan in using the binding agents such as antibodies described herein, the same may be provided in kit format. A kit including one or more of such binding agents and optionally other components necessary for using the same to detect cells expressing HIV is also provided. The binding agents of the kit may be provided in any suitable form, including frozen, lyophilized, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable buffer such as TBS or PBS. The kit may also include other reagents required for utilization of the binding agents in vitro or in vivo such as buffers (e.g., TBS, PBS), blocking agents (solutions including nonfat dry milk, normal sera, Tween-20 Detergent, BSA, or casein), and/or detection reagents (e.g., goat anti-mouse IgG biotin, streptavidin-HRP conjugates, allophycocyanin, B-phycoerythrin, R-phycoerythrin, peroxidase, detectable labels, and other labels and/or staining kits (e.g., ABC Staining Kit, Pierce)). The kits may also include other reagents and/or instructions for using the antibodies in commonly utilized assays described above such as, for example, flow cytometric analysis, ELISA, immunoblotting (e.g., western blot), in situ detection, immunocytochemistry, immunhistochemistry. In one embodiment, the kit provides a binding agent in purified form. In another embodiment, the binding agent may be provided in biotinylated form either alone or along with an avidin-conjugated detection reagent (e.g., antibody). In another embodiment, the kit includes a binding agents comprising one or more detectable labels that may be used to directly detect HIV. Buffers and the like required for using any of these systems are well-known in the art and/or may be prepared by the end-user or provided as a component of the kit. The kit may also include a solid support containing positive- and negative-control protein and/or tissue samples. For example, kits for performing spotting or western blot-type assays may include control cell or tissue lysates for use in SDS-PAGE or nylon or other membranes containing pre-fixed control samples with additional space for experimental samples. Kits for visualization of HIV in cells on slides may include pre-formatted slides containing control cell or tissue samples with additional space for experimental samples. Other embodiments of kits are also contemplated herein as would be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art.
- Thus, this disclosure provides binding agents such as the LN01 antibody with specificity for HIV. In some embodiments, the binding agent is a polypeptide comprising at least one amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32 and/or shown in Table
- 1. In some embodiments, the binding agent is a polypeptide comprising one or more combinations of SEQ ID NOS. 1-32. In some embodiments, the binding agent is an antibody. In some embodiments, the binding agent is a polypeptide such as an antibody comprising a heavy chain CDR amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS. 1-3. In some embodiments, the binding agent is a polypeptide such as an antibody comprising a light chain CDR amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS. 4-7. In some embodiments, the binding agent is a polypeptide such as an antibody comprising a VH amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 7 (LN01), SEQ ID NO. 9 (LN01 variant 7), SEQ ID NO. 11 (LN01 variant 8), SEQ ID NO. 13 (LN01 variant 38), SEQ ID NO. 15 (LN01 variant 41), SEQ ID NO. 17 (LN01 variant 42), SEQ ID NO. 19 (LN01 variant 48), SEQ ID NO. 21 (LN01 variant 49), or SEQ ID NO. 23 (LN01 variant 82). In some embodiments, the binding agent is a polypeptide such as an antibody comprising a VL amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 8 (LN01), SEQ ID NO. 10 (LN01 variant 7), SEQ ID NO. 12 (LN01 variant 8), SEQ ID NO. 14 (LN01 variant 38), SEQ ID NO. 16 (LN01 variant 41), SEQ ID NO. 18 (LN01 variant 42), SEQ ID NO. 20 (LN01 variant 48), SEQ ID NO. 22 (LN01 variant 49), or SEQ ID NO. 28 (LN01 variant 24). In some embodiments, the binding agent comprises the combinations of CDRs (SEQ ID NOS. 1-6 or GNT (LN01 CDRL1)) and/or variable regions (SEQ ID NOS. 7 and 8; SEQ NOS. 9 and 10; SEQ NOS. 11 and 12; SEQ NOS. 13 and 14; SEQ NOS. 15 and 16; SEQ NOS. 17 and 18; SEQ NOS. 19 and 20; SEQ NOS. 21 and 22; or, SEQ ID NOS. 23 and 24; or a conservatively substituted variant thereof) shown in Table 1.
- In some embodiments, the binding agents have specificity for an epitope comprising amino acid residues L679, W680 and K683 of SEQ ID NO. 68 and/or amino acid residues L168, W169 and K172 of SEQ ID NO. 69. In some embodiments, the binding agent exhibits the capacity to bind to and/or neutralize HIV expressing amino acid sequence ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 66). In some embodiments, the binding agent exhibits the capacity to bind to and/or neutralize HIV expressing amino acid sequence ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 66) but not LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 65) and/or ITKWIKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 67). In some embodiments, a binding agent of this disclosure may comprise any one or more of these binding specificities along with the neutralization characteristics described above (i.e., neutralization of HIV-1 pseudoviruses BJOX (CRF07_BC), CE1176, TRO.11 (B), X1632 (G), CH119 (CRF07_BC), CNE55 (CRF01_AE), 25710 (C), CD0217(C) but not of the control virus SVA-MLV at a concentration is from 102-100 ug/ml, or between 100-101 ug/ml, to at least about 50%, and/or the ability to the neutralize a majority of the 118 HIV-1 pseudoviruses listed in
FIG. 4 at an IC50 of less than 25). In some embodiments, nucleic acids encoding such binding agents are also provided as in Table 4. - In some embodiments, the binding agent is derived from or related to (e.g., by sequence or derivation) a human antibody, human IgG, human IgG1, human IgG2, human IgG2a, human IgG2b, human IgG3, human IgG4, human IgM, human IgA, human IgA1, human IgA2, human IgD, human IgE, canine antibody, canine IgGA, canine IgGB, canine IgGC, canine IgGD, chicken antibody, chicken IgA, chicken IgD, chicken IgE, chicken IgG, chicken IgM, chicken IgY, goat antibody, goat IgG, mouse antibody, mouse IgG, pig antibody, and/or rat antibody, and/or a derivative thereof. In some embodiments, the derivative may be selected from the group consisting of an Fab, Fab2, Fab′ single chain antibody, Fv, single chain, mono-specific antibody, bispecific antibody, trimeric antibody, multi-specific antibody, multivalent antibody, chimeric antibody, canine-human chimeric antibody, canine-mouse chimeric antibody, antibody comprising a canine Fc, humanized antibody, human antibody, caninized antibody, CDR-grafted antibody, shark antibody, nanobody, and/or canelid antibody. In some embodiments, the binding agent comprises at least a least a first and second specificity, the first being against HIV gp41 and the second being against a different antigen (e.g., an antigen of an infectious agent such as HIV (e.g., env) and/or a tumor antigen). In some embodiments, the binding agent and/or derivative thereof may comprise a detectable label fixably attached thereto. In some embodiments, the binding agent of any one and/or derivative thereof comprises an effector moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic drug, toxin, diphtheria A chain, exotoxin A chain, ricin A chain, abrin A chain, curcin, crotin, phenomycin, enomycin, and radiochemical) fixably attached thereto. In some embodiments, polynucleotides encoding one or more binding agents are also provided (e.g., as an expression vector). Host cells comprising and/or expressing the polypeptide products of such polynucleotides are also provided. In some embodiments, compositions comprising at least one binding agent or derivative; at least one isolated polynucleotide; at least one expression vector; and/or, at least one host cell; or a combination thereof; and, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are also provided.
- This disclosure also provides methods for detecting HIV on a cell, the method comprising contacting a test biological sample with a binding agent or derivative described herein and detecting the binding agent bound to the biological sample or components thereof. Such methods may be an in vivo method or an in vitro method. In some embodiments, the method may comprise comparing the amount of binding to the test biological sample or components thereof to the amount of binding to a control biological sample or components thereof, wherein increased binding to the test biological sample or components thereof relative to the control biological sample or components thereof indicates the presence of a cell expressing HIV polypeptides in the test biological sample (e.g., mammalian blood). In some embodiments, a kit for detecting the expression of HIV in or on a cell, the kit comprising a binding agent or derivative thereof and instructions for use. In some embodiments, the binding agent and/or derivative thereof is in lyophilized form. In some embodiments, this disclosure provides methods for treating, preventing and/or ameliorating an infectious disease, cancer and/or autoimmunity in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal at least one effective dose of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a binding agent or derivative thereof. In some embodiments, the infectious disease is human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). In some embodiments, multiple doses are administered to the animal. In some embodiments, the binding agent and/or derivative thereof may be administered in a dosage amount of about 1 to 50 mg/kg.
- The terms “about”, “approximately”, and the like, when preceding a list of numerical values or range, refer to each individual value in the list or range independently as if each individual value in the list or range was immediately preceded by that term. The terms mean that the values to which the same refer are exactly, close to, or similar thereto.
- As used herein, a subject or a host is meant to be an individual. The subject can include domesticated animals, such as cats and dogs, livestock (e.g., cattle, horses, pigs, sheep, and goats), laboratory animals (e.g., mice, rabbits, rats, guinea pigs) and birds. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal such as a primate or a human.
- Optional or optionally means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not. For example, the phrase optionally the composition can comprise a combination means that the composition may comprise a combination of different molecules or may not include a combination such that the description includes both the combination and the absence of the combination (i.e., individual members of the combination).
- Ranges may be expressed herein as from about one particular value, and/or to about another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent about or approximately, it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. Ranges (e.g., 90-100%) are meant to include the range per se as well as each independent value within the range as if each value was individually listed.
- The term “combined” or “in combination” or “in conjunction” may refer to a physical combination of agents that are administered together or the use of two or more agents in a regimen (e.g., administered separately, physically and/or in time) for treating, preventing and/or ameliorating a particular disease.
- When the terms treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate or derivatives thereof are used herein in connection with a given treatment for a given condition (e.g., preventing cancer infection by HIV), it is meant to convey that the treated patient either does not develop a clinically observable level of the condition at all, or develops it more slowly and/or to a lesser degree than he/she would have absent the treatment. These terms are not limited solely to a situation in which the patient experiences no aspect of the condition whatsoever. For example, a treatment will be said to have prevented the condition if it is given during exposure of a patient to a stimulus that would have been expected to produce a given manifestation of the condition, and results in the patient's experiencing fewer and/or milder symptoms of the condition than otherwise expected. For instance, a treatment can “prevent” infection by resulting in the patient's displaying only mild overt symptoms of the infection; it does not imply that there must have been no penetration of any cell by the infecting microorganism.
- Similarly, reduce, reducing, and reduction as used herein in connection with prevention, treatment and/or amelioration of a given condition by a particular treatment typically refers to a subject developing an infection more slowly or to a lesser degree as compared to a control or basal level of developing an infection in the absence of a treatment (e.g., administration of one or more HIV binding agents). A reduction in the risk of infection may result in the patient's displaying only mild overt symptoms of the infection or delayed symptoms of infection; it does not imply that there must have been no penetration of any cell by the infecting microorganism.
- All references cited within this disclosure are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Certain embodiments are further described in the following examples. These embodiments are provided as examples only and are not intended to limit the scope of the claims in any way.
- Selection of HIV-1 lymph node donors for the isolation of broadly neutralizing antibodies. In order to isolate broadly neutralizing antibodies capable to broadly neutralize multi-clade HIV-1 isolates 70 plasma samples from chronically infected patients naïve to antiretroviral therapy were screened for the presence of high titers of antibodies able to neutralize a panel of nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses from the Global Panel of HIV-1 reference strains (DeCamp, A. et al. Global panel of HIV-1 Env reference strains for standardized assessments of vaccine-elicited neutralizing antibodies. J Virol 88, 2489-2507 (2014)). This analysis resulted in the identificiation of seven (7) patients (
FIG. 1 ) as lymph node donors for the subsequent isolation and characterization of potent broadly neutralizing antibodies. In particular, donor SA003 was selected for the presence high level of antibodies found to neutralize eight (8) out of nine (9) isolates tested (and for the lack of background activity against the negative control MLV pseudovirus). Of note, SA003 donor is an Elite Controller with viremia <50 HIV RNA copies per ml of plasma (infected with clade B HIV-1). - Example 2
- Germinal center and Memory IgG B cells from donor SA003 were sorted separately according to IgG (i.e. IgA and IgM negative cells), CD19 and CD38 expression (germinal center B cells are CD38 positive) (
FIG. 2 ) and interrogated for the production of HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies. In particular, highly pure IgG memory B cells and IgG germinal cells were seeded in separate plates as single cell micro-cultures on human feeder cells in the presence of Epstein-Barr Virus (EBV) (which also stimulate polyclonally memory B cells) and a cocktail composed TLR9 agonist CpG-2006, IL-2 (1000 IU/ml), IL-6 (10 ng/ml), IL-21 (10 ng/ml), and anti-BCR goat antibodies (BCR triggerring). Supernatants fromday 14 cultures were then tested in a primary screening using a 384-well based HIV-1 pseudoviruses neutralization assay (using in parallel two strains, CE1176 and BJOX2000, representative of clade C and CRF07). Neutralization assays were undertaken on TZM-bl cells. In a 384-well plate, HIV-1 pseudoviruses that resulted in an output of 50-100×104 relative light units (RLU) were incubated with B cell culture supernatants for 1 h at 37% (5% CO2) before the addition of 3000 TZM-bl cells. These were incubated for a further 72 h, after which supernatant was removed and 15 μl Steadylite reagent (Perkin Elmer) was added. Luciferase activity was detected 5 min later by reading the plates on a Synergy microplate luminometer (BioTek). The supernatants derived from two cultures of germinal center B cells were found able to cross-neutralize both CE1176 and BJOX2000 strains. The supernatants from these two cultures were further harvested and tested for their ability to neutralize four (4) pseudoviruses (CE1176, BJOX2000, X1632 and 25710). Of note, one of the two supernatants neutralized all four pseudoviruses. The antibody derived from the neutralizing culture was characterized by determining the amino acid and nucleotide sequences of its variable regions (Tables 1 and 5) and the complementarity determining regions (CDRs) therein and termed “LN01”. Accordingly, the binding agent termed “LN01” is an IgG3-type fully human monoclonal antibody having the CDR, VH and VL sequences as shown above in Tables 1 and 2. This antibody was derived from IGHV4-39*07 and IGKV1-39*01 germline genes, and was highly somatically mutated in variable genes of both heavy chain (28%) and kappa light chain (27%) compared to germ line. The LN01 antibody also possessed a long heavy-chain complementarity-determining 3 region (CDR H3) loop composed of 20 amino acids. The LN01 VH and VL genes were cloned into IgG1 expression vectors, and the recombinant IgG1 LN01 antibody was produced by transfecting Expi293F cells. The full-length IgG1 LN01 antibody was then purified using a recombinant protein-A column (GE-Healthcare). - The recombinantly produced IgG1 LN01 antibody was then tested against the Global Panel of nine (9) HIV-1 reference pseudoviruses on TZM-bl cells. Strikingly, IgG1 LN01 antibody neutralized eight (8) out of nine (9) HIV-1 pseudoviruses with IC50 values ranging from 0.03 to 1.6 μg/ml (
FIG. 3 ) and did not neutralize the negative control MLV pseudovirus. IgG1 LN01 antibody was subsequently tested on an extended panel of 118 HIV-1 pseudoviruses including clade A, clade B, clade C, clade D, clade G, circulating recombinant forms CRF10_CD, CRF01_AE, CRF02_AG and CRF07_BC and non-circulating recombinants AC and ACD strains. IgG1 LN01 antibody broadly neutralized 109 viruses out of 118 with IC50 below 25 μg/ml, i.e. the 92% of the tested viruses, with a median IC50 of 1.1 μg/ml (FIGS. 4 and 5 ). The analysis of the viruses neutralized indicated that LN01 neutralizing activity is not clade-dependent. - Example 3
- IgG1 LN01 antibody was tested against the Global Panel of nine (9) HIV-1 reference pseudoviruses on parental TZM-bl cells and TZM-bl cells expressing Fc-gamma receptor I (CD64) (Perez, L. G., Costa, M. R., Todd, C. A., Haynes, B. F. & Montefiori, D. C. Utilization of immunoglobulin G Fc receptors by human immunodeficiency virus type 1: a specific role for antibodies against the membrane-proximal external region of gp41. J Virol 83, 7397-7410 (2009)). Of note, the neutralizing activity of IgG1 LN01 antibody was enhanced 100-fold in TZM-bl cells expressing Fc-gamma receptor I (
FIG. 6 ). In addition, IgG1 LN01 antibody showed potent neutralization against the strain CE0217 using TZM-bl cells expressing Fc-gamma receptor I that was not neutralized by IgG1 LN01 antibody on TZM-bl cells (IC50>25 μg/ml)). These results suggest that by prepositioning of IgG1 LN01 antibody at the cell surface, Fc-gamma receptors might give Abs a kinetic advantage for virus inhibition. This kinetic advantage could be unique to antibodies, whose epitopes are thought to be difficult to access or exposed for only a short time on intermediate conformations of the Env protein during an early stage of fusion. Another mechanism by which Fc-gamma receptors could potentially facilitate HIV-1 neutralization is phagocytosis. HeLa cells, from which the TZM-bl cell line was constructed, are known to exhibit properties of nonprofessional phagocytes. Thus, it is possible that TZM-bl cells were converted to professional phagocytic cells by introducing Fc-gamma receptor on their surface. Any Fc-gamma-receptor-mediated antiviral effects on HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies, whether by entry inhibition or phagocytosis, might be beneficial to several cell types in vaccine setting. Fc-gamma receptors are rarely expressed on CD4+ lymphocytes, several additional HIV-1-susceptible cell types express multiple Fc-gamma receptors and are involved in sexual transmission and the early establishment of long-lived viral reservoirs. In particular, macrophages are among the first infection-susceptible cells that the virus encounters after mucosal exposure, and they are thought to serve as a long-lived virus reservoir in chronic infection. Macrophages are well known to express multiple Fc-gamma receptors as well as certain subsets of monocytes and dendritic cells. It is also important to mention that Fc-gamma receptors play a role in regulating adaptive immunity and peripheral tolerance, by facilitating antigen uptake, antigen presentation, cell activation and B cell tolerance. - In order to better define the specificity of IgG1 LN01 antibody we used a panel of HIV-2/HIV-1 chimeric pseudoviruses containing various segments of the HIV-1 MPER into the parental HIV-2/7312A. IgG1 LN01 antibody did not neutralize the parental HIV-2 7312A strain. Of note, IgG1 LN01 antibody was found to potently neutralize the chimeric virus 7312A.C4 in which only 6 residues from HIV-1 were replaced in the HIV-2 MPER region (LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 65) was replaced into ITKWLWYIK (SEQ ID NO. 66)), but not the chimeric virus 7312A.C6 in which only 3 residues in the same region were replaced (LASWVKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 65) was replaced into ITKWIKYIQ (SEQ ID NO. 67)) (
FIG. 7 ). A similar finding was obtained with the chimeric virus 7312A.C1C where the same 6 mutations of 7312A.C4 were combined with additional 7 mutations in the N-terminal region. These results indicate that residues in the C terminal region of the gp41 MPER (L679, W680 and K683) are involved in IgG1 LN01 antibody binding. - In order to better define the specificity of LN01 we used a peptide microarray formed by 1423 15-mer peptides, overlapping by 12 amino acids, that cover the full length of the consensus HIV-1 Env gp160 sequences for clades A, B, C, D, group M, CRF01_AE and CRF02_AG. The peptides were printed onto 3D-Epoxy glass slides and were analyzed with a GenePix 4000B scanner (Tomaras, G. D. et al. Polyclonal B cell responses to conserved neutralization epitopes in a subset of HIV-1-infected individuals.
J Virol 85, 11502-11519 (2011)). LN01 was tested at 20 μg/ml in parallel with a control antibody called 7B2 (that is specific for the immunodominant region of gp41) for binding to the peptide microarray. The binding of LN01 and 7B2 was detected by incubation with DyLight 649-labeled goat anti-human IgG. Fluorescence intensity was measured using a GenePix 4000B scanner and was analyzed with GenePix software (FIG. 8 ). Of note, IgG1 LN01 antibody did not clearly react with any of the peptides in this library, while 7B2 strongly reacted with 190-195 peptides that spanned the gp41 immunodominant region. These results indicate that IgG1 LN01 antibody does not recognize a linear epitope in HIV-1 Env. - IgG1 LN01 antibody was also tested for binding to soluble, cleaved SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers based on the subtype A transmitted/founder strain, BG505. These trimers are highly stable, homogenous and closely resemble native virus spikes when visualized by negative stain electron microscopy (EM) (Sanders, R. W. et al. A next-generation cleaved, soluble HIV-1 Env trimer, BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140, expresses multiple epitopes for broadly neutralizing but not non-neutralizing antibodies. PLoS Pathog. 9, e1003618 (2013)). All broadly neutralizing antibodies against multiple neutralizing epitopes on HIV-1 Env were highly reactive with the BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers, including quaternary epitopes antibodies (CH01, PG9, PG16 and PGT145). Conversely, non-NAbs to the CD4-binding site, CD4-induced epitopes or gp41 ectodomain did not react with the trimers, even when their epitopes were present on simpler forms of Env (e.g. gp120 monomers or dissociated gp41 subunits). The MPER was also deleted to improve trimer solubility and reduce aggregate formation. IgG1 LN01 antibody, PGT145 (V1-V2 glycan specific), PGT151 (binding to a site at the interface between gp120 and gp41) and 17b (binding to a CD4 binding induced site) antibodies were tested for binding to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers in the presence or absence of soluble CD4 (sCD4) by surface plasmon resonance (SPR). PGT145 and PGT151 antibodies reacted strongly to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers in the presence and absence of sCD4; 17b reacted to BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers only in the presence of sCD4. LN01 did not react with BG505 SOSIP.664 gp140 trimers neither in the presence nor in the absence of sCD4 (
FIG. 9 ). - IgG1 LN01 antibody, in parallel with MPER-specific 10E8 antibody (Huang, J. et al. Broad and potent neutralization of HIV-1 by a gp41-specific human antibody. Nature 491, 406-412 (2012)), was also tested by ELISA against a panel of HIV-1 antigens (ConsB, consensus clade B gp140, 426c, clade C gp140, 426c-NLGS, 426c gp140 where the N-linked glycosylation sites were removed, 426c core, gp140 where the V loops were removed, UG37 gp140, clade A and gp41, recombinant ecto-domain of gp41, amino acids 541-682 from HxB2 strain, Vybion). None of the tested antigens was recognized by IgG1 LN01 antibody by ELISA (
FIG. 10 ). Conversely, 10E8 antibody reacted to the recombinant ecto-domain of gp41. These results indicate that IgG1 LN01 antibody may recognize an epitope in the MPER of gp41 different from 10E8. - Finally, IgG1 LN01 antibody was tested against a fusion intermediate gp41 and uncoated plates (PBS), called gp41int (Lai, R. P. J. et al. A fusion intermediate gp41 immunogen elicits neutralizing antibodies to HIV-1. J Biol Chem 289, 29912-29926 (2014)). The gp4lint antigen is recognized with high affinity by MPER antibodies 4E10, 2F5 and 10E8. While 10E8 reacted to gp4lint by ELISA, IgG1 LN01 antibody did not react (
FIG. 11 ). These results indicate that IgG1 LN01 antibody recognizes a conserved epitope, possibly in the MPER region, that is not readily displayed in any of the antigens tested. We can hypothesize that IgG1 LN01 antibody recognizes its cognate conformational epitope in the C-teminal region of the MPER region when displayed in the prefusion native Env conformation. - In order to order to better define the specificity of IgG1 LN01 antibody we tested its binding by ELISA to a 28 amino acids long peptide that was used to co-crystallize the MPER-specific antibody 10E8 (Huang et al. Nature 2012). This peptide encompasses the entire 28-residue gp41 MPER (residues 656-683) (sequence RRR-NEQELLELDKWASLWNWFDITNWLYIRRRR (SEQ ID NO.:81). While 10E8 reacted to this MPER peptide avidly, IgG1 LN01 antibody reacted to it very poorly (
FIG. 12 ). These results indicate that IgG1 LN01 antibody recognizes a conserved epitope, possibly in the MPER region, that is not readily displayed in a linear peptide encompassing the entire MPER gp41 region. - In order to improve the potency of LN01 antibody we produced a set of variants where we introduced point mutations in the LN01 VH (25 variants) or in VL (15 variants) (
FIG. 13A ). These substitutions were selected based on a predicted surface exposure by replacing the original residues by W or A. Forty (40) LN01 variants were produced recombinantly by combining the mutated VH or VL with the parental VL or VH, respectively. These variants were tested against an initial panel of three HIV-1 strains (CH119, X1632; BJOX and a control virus SVA-MLV). Several LN01 variants lost neutralizing activity partially or completely (variants FIGS. 13B and 13C). Remarkably,LN01 variant 7 showed 39-fold increase in potency as compared to the parental LN01 antibody. These results were confirmed whenLN01 variants FIGS. 14A-K ). In this second test the increased potency observed forLN01 variants - Based on these results additional LN01 variants (variants 41, 42, 43, 44, 48 and 50) were synthesized and tested against a panel of seven HIV-1 strains (
FIGS. 15A-B ). In variants (v) 41, 42, 43 and 44 the D32 residue of the CDR1 of the VH was mutated to either F (v41), Y (v42), L (v43) or I (v44). Of interest, none of these 4 mutations conferred the same increased in potency observed with the introduction of W invariant 7. In addition, only the introduction of aromatic resides (i.e., F or Y) improved LN01 activity, with Y (V42) conferring the most significant improvement of on average 3.7-fold (FIG. 15B ). The introduction of hydrophobic residues in the same position did not confer any benefit in terms of neutralizing activity. Two variants in which the somatic mutations in FR1 and FR4 were reverted to the germline configuration in the presence (variant 48) or absence (variant 50) of the D32W mutation used invariant 7 were also tested. The removal of somatic mutations in framework (FR) 1 and FR4 of the VH did not alter LN01 neutralizing activity significantly. The introduction of the D32W on the backbone ofvariant 50 conferred a more potent neutralizing activity (on average 4.7 fold better than the parental LN01 antibody). It is worth noting, however, that D32W in the context of germlined FRs in the VH did not achieve the same level of potency improvement observed with the same mutation on the backbone of the fully mutated parental LN01 antibody (i.e., variant 7). - The combination of the mutations introduced in
variants 7 and 8 (D32W and N33W) was also tested in a new variant called 49 that showed an average 81-fold higher potency as compared to the parental LN01 antibody (FIGS. 16A-B ) on a panel of 7 viruses. This result indicate that LN01 variant 49 is comparable or superior to the highlypotent LN01 variant 7 antibody. - Finally, we tested another LN01 variant in which the five CDR1 somatic mutations were reverted back to the germline configuration. The mutated CDR1 sequence DSVSNDNYY (SEQ ID NO.:82; including the underlined five CDR1 somatic mutations) was reverted to GSISSSSYY (SEQ ID NO.:32; germline CDR1) to generate the
LN01 variant 82. Surprisingly,LN01 variant 82 showed a potency 2.9-fold higher than that of the parental LN01 antibody (FIG. 17 ). This result indicates that VH CDR1 plays an important role in LN01 neutralizing activity. - While certain embodiments have been described in terms of the preferred embodiments, it is understood that variations and modifications will occur to those skilled in the art. Therefore, it is intended that the appended claims cover all such equivalent variations that come within the scope of the following claims.
Claims (22)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/912,886 US20210009661A1 (en) | 2015-12-05 | 2020-06-26 | HIV Binding Agents |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201562263618P | 2015-12-05 | 2015-12-05 | |
PCT/IB2016/057367 WO2017093985A1 (en) | 2015-12-05 | 2016-12-05 | Hiv binding agents |
US201815780821A | 2018-06-01 | 2018-06-01 | |
US16/912,886 US20210009661A1 (en) | 2015-12-05 | 2020-06-26 | HIV Binding Agents |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/780,821 Continuation US10730933B2 (en) | 2015-12-05 | 2016-12-05 | HIV binding agents |
PCT/IB2016/057367 Continuation WO2017093985A1 (en) | 2015-12-05 | 2016-12-05 | Hiv binding agents |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20210009661A1 true US20210009661A1 (en) | 2021-01-14 |
Family
ID=57629603
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/780,821 Expired - Fee Related US10730933B2 (en) | 2015-12-05 | 2016-12-05 | HIV binding agents |
US16/912,886 Abandoned US20210009661A1 (en) | 2015-12-05 | 2020-06-26 | HIV Binding Agents |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/780,821 Expired - Fee Related US10730933B2 (en) | 2015-12-05 | 2016-12-05 | HIV binding agents |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US10730933B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3383902A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2019509046A (en) |
CN (1) | CN108779168A (en) |
CA (1) | CA3045756A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017093985A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2017093985A1 (en) | 2015-12-05 | 2017-06-08 | Centre Hospitalier Universitaire Vaudois | Hiv binding agents |
WO2020012435A1 (en) * | 2018-07-13 | 2020-01-16 | Lausanne University Hospital | Hiv binding agents |
WO2020082045A1 (en) * | 2018-10-19 | 2020-04-23 | University Of Maryland, College Park | Multispecfic anti-hiv antibodies |
JP2022541900A (en) * | 2019-07-15 | 2022-09-28 | ローザンヌ ユニヴァーシティ ホスピタル | HIV binding agent |
Family Cites Families (40)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4816567A (en) | 1983-04-08 | 1989-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | Recombinant immunoglobin preparations |
DK169582B1 (en) | 1986-06-23 | 1994-12-12 | Squibb Bristol Myers Co | Human monoclonal antibody capable of reacting with an epitope on the LAV / HTLV-III envelope glycoprotein gp41, cell lines producing such antibody, pharmaceutical preparation containing the antibody, and method for determining the presence of LAV / HTLV-III in a biological sample. and method for separating specific antigenic determinants of LAV / HTLV-III using ant |
US5087557A (en) | 1986-06-23 | 1992-02-11 | Genetic Systems Corporation | Human monoclonal antibody to lymphadenopathy-associated virus |
US5504005A (en) | 1987-03-02 | 1996-04-02 | Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University | Recombinant mycobacterial vaccine |
JP3011939B2 (en) | 1987-03-02 | 2000-02-21 | ホワイトヘツド・インスチチユート・フオー・バイオメデイカル・リサーチ | Recombinant mycobacterial vaccine |
ATE135743T1 (en) | 1987-11-13 | 1996-04-15 | Hermann Katinger | MONOCLONAL HUMAN ANTIBODIES AGAINST HIV-I |
US5831034A (en) | 1987-11-13 | 1998-11-03 | Hermann Katinger | Human monoclonal anti-HIV-I-antibodies |
AU608413B2 (en) | 1988-03-30 | 1991-03-28 | Abbott Laboratories | Mouse monoclonal antibody (5-21-3) to human immunodeficiency virus gp41 protein |
US5298419A (en) | 1988-03-31 | 1994-03-29 | The Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona | Human hybridomas and monoclonal antibodies which bind both gp41 and gp120 envelope proteins of human immunodeficiency virus |
JPH0292298A (en) | 1988-09-30 | 1990-04-03 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Monoclonal antibody against hiv-constructing protein |
GB8823869D0 (en) | 1988-10-12 | 1988-11-16 | Medical Res Council | Production of antibodies |
WO1990009805A1 (en) | 1989-02-28 | 1990-09-07 | New York University | Human monoclonal antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus |
US5731189A (en) | 1989-02-28 | 1998-03-24 | New York University | Human monoclonal antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus |
AU648505B2 (en) | 1989-05-19 | 1994-04-28 | Amgen, Inc. | Metalloproteinase inhibitor |
US6008044A (en) | 1989-08-24 | 1999-12-28 | Bioclonetics | Human monoclonal antibodies directed against the transmembrane glycoprotein (gp41) of human immunodeficiency virus-1 (HIV-1) and detection of antibodies against epitope (GCSGKLIC) |
US5459060A (en) | 1989-08-24 | 1995-10-17 | Bioclonetics Incorporated | Human monoclonal antibodies directed against the transmembrane glycoprotein (gp41) of human immunodeficiency virus-1 (HIV-1) |
EP0511300A4 (en) | 1990-01-16 | 1993-05-26 | Replgien Corporation | Monoclonal antibody specific for non-immunodominant epitope of hiv proteins |
WO1991013157A1 (en) | 1990-02-26 | 1991-09-05 | Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation | Shuttle plasmid for escherichia coli and mycobacteria |
GB9015888D0 (en) | 1990-07-19 | 1990-09-05 | Smithkline Biolog | Vectors |
DK0814159T3 (en) | 1990-08-29 | 2005-10-24 | Genpharm Int | Transgenic, non-human animals capable of forming heterologous antibodies |
US5633425A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1997-05-27 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5625126A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1997-04-29 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies |
US5661016A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1997-08-26 | Genpharm International Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes |
US5545806A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1996-08-13 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies |
AU2185592A (en) | 1991-06-06 | 1993-01-08 | Med Immune, Inc. | Induction of ctl responses to foreign antigens expressed in mycobacteria |
DE570357T1 (en) | 1992-05-14 | 1994-07-28 | Polimun Scientific Immunbiologische Forschungsgesellschaft Mbh, Wien | Peptides that induce antibodies that neutralize genetically divergent HIV-1 isolations. |
US5652138A (en) | 1992-09-30 | 1997-07-29 | The Scripps Research Institute | Human neutralizing monoclonal antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus |
US6057421A (en) | 1994-11-30 | 2000-05-02 | Immpheron, Inc. | Variable heavy and light chain regions of murine monoclonal antibody 1F7 |
AU2308595A (en) | 1995-04-19 | 1996-11-07 | Polymun Scientific Immunobiologische Forschung Gmbh | Monoclonal antibodies against hiv-1 and vaccines made thereo f |
US20030118985A1 (en) | 1997-05-14 | 2003-06-26 | Hunt Jeffrey C. | Mouse monoclonal antibody (5-21-3) to human immunodeficiency virus gp41 protein |
WO2001024810A1 (en) | 1999-10-05 | 2001-04-12 | Epimmune Inc. | Inducing cellular immune responses to human immunodeficiency virus-1 using peptide and nucleic acid compositions |
CN1172717C (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2004-10-27 | 清华大学 | Method for treating AIDS and its preparing method |
US7377002B2 (en) | 2003-10-28 | 2008-05-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Scrubber box |
ATE516048T1 (en) | 2004-06-01 | 2011-07-15 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | HUMAN ANTIBODIES INTERACTING WITH HIV GP41 |
US20070292390A1 (en) | 2004-10-29 | 2007-12-20 | Dimitrov Dimiter S | Broadly Cross-Reactive Hiv-1 Neutralizing Human Monoclonal Antibodies |
WO2011046623A2 (en) | 2009-10-16 | 2011-04-21 | Duke University | Hiv-1 antibodies |
ES2774369T3 (en) | 2010-08-31 | 2020-07-20 | Theraclone Science Int | Neutralization antibody of human immunodeficiency virus |
RU2624046C2 (en) | 2011-11-07 | 2017-06-30 | Дзе Юнайтед Стейтс Оф Америка, Эз Репрезентед Бай Дзе Секретэри, Департмент Оф Хелт Энд Хьюман Сервисиз | gp41-NEUTRALIZING ANTIBODIES AND THEIR APPLICATION |
WO2015103549A1 (en) | 2014-01-03 | 2015-07-09 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Department Of Health And Human Services | Neutralizing antibodies to hiv-1 env and their use |
WO2017093985A1 (en) | 2015-12-05 | 2017-06-08 | Centre Hospitalier Universitaire Vaudois | Hiv binding agents |
-
2016
- 2016-12-05 WO PCT/IB2016/057367 patent/WO2017093985A1/en active Application Filing
- 2016-12-05 EP EP16819370.4A patent/EP3383902A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2016-12-05 JP JP2018548300A patent/JP2019509046A/en active Pending
- 2016-12-05 CN CN201680080738.0A patent/CN108779168A/en active Pending
- 2016-12-05 CA CA3045756A patent/CA3045756A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2016-12-05 US US15/780,821 patent/US10730933B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2020
- 2020-06-26 US US16/912,886 patent/US20210009661A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20190345234A1 (en) | 2019-11-14 |
EP3383902A1 (en) | 2018-10-10 |
CN108779168A (en) | 2018-11-09 |
JP2019509046A (en) | 2019-04-04 |
US10730933B2 (en) | 2020-08-04 |
CA3045756A1 (en) | 2017-06-08 |
WO2017093985A1 (en) | 2017-06-08 |
WO2017093985A4 (en) | 2017-07-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220169733A1 (en) | Immunological Reagents | |
US20210009661A1 (en) | HIV Binding Agents | |
AU2016370591C1 (en) | Human immunodeficiency virus neutralizing antibodies | |
AU2017208819B2 (en) | PD1 specific antibodies | |
US9982052B2 (en) | Immunological reagents | |
CN115768790A (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies to severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) | |
KR20230127305A (en) | Neutralizing monoclonal antibody to COVID-19 | |
US20220259315A1 (en) | Immunological Reagents | |
WO2020012435A1 (en) | Hiv binding agents | |
US20220267416A1 (en) | Hiv binding agents | |
WO2019023812A1 (en) | Malaria vaccine composition and method | |
WO2023212827A1 (en) | Humanized constructs, vaccines, and methods | |
CN117062624A (en) | Neutralizing monoclonal antibodies against COVID-19 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: APPLICATION DISPATCHED FROM PREEXAM, NOT YET DOCKETED |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CENTRE HOSPITALIER UNIVERSITAIRE VAUDOIS, SWITZERLAND Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:PANTALEO, GIUSEPPE;REEL/FRAME:054162/0544 Effective date: 20161202 Owner name: INSTITUTE FOR RESEARCH IN BIOMEDICINE, SWITZERLAND Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:LANZAVECCHIA, ANTONIO;REEL/FRAME:054204/0976 Effective date: 20161202 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |